TW201038678A - Pigment dispersing composition - Google Patents

Pigment dispersing composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201038678A
TW201038678A TW99106379A TW99106379A TW201038678A TW 201038678 A TW201038678 A TW 201038678A TW 99106379 A TW99106379 A TW 99106379A TW 99106379 A TW99106379 A TW 99106379A TW 201038678 A TW201038678 A TW 201038678A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
mass
polymer compound
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW99106379A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Toshitaka Ninomiya
Koichi Sugihara
Shigekazu Suzuki
Kazuhiro Fujimaki
Hiromi Kanda
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201038678A publication Critical patent/TW201038678A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • C09D17/003Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints containing an organic pigment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J13/00Colloid chemistry, e.g. the production of colloidal materials or their solutions, not otherwise provided for; Making microcapsules or microballoons
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B1/00Dyes with anthracene nucleus not condensed with any other ring
    • C09B1/16Amino-anthraquinones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/32Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from coupling components containing a reactive methylene group
    • C09B29/33Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides
    • C09B29/331Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides containing acid groups, e.g. COOH, SO3H, PO3H2, OSO3H2, OPO2H2; salts thereof
    • C09B29/334Heterocyclic arylides, e.g. acetoacetylaminobenzimidazolone
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • C09B67/0085Non common dispersing agents
    • C09B67/009Non common dispersing agents polymeric dispersing agent
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0096Purification; Precipitation; Filtration
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/324Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black
    • C09D11/326Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black characterised by the pigment dispersant
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
  • Colloid Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a pigment dispersing composition having high dispersing stability, which high contract can be obtained while is used as a color filter; and even is treated via development, post-backing, UV cleaning and so on, the cleavage of surface also can be inhibited or prevented; and then excellent displaying property can be carried out. The solution mean of the present invention is a pigment dispersing composition which is a high molecular compound comprising organic pigment microparticle and pigment absorbing group. The said organic pigment microparticle is separated out after mixing an organic pigment solution and a lean solvent, in which the said organic pigment solution is formed from solving the organic pigment in a good solvent; and the said lean solvent is soluble with the said good solvent and is a lean solvent contracting with the said organic pigment.

Description

201038678 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於含有積聚(build-up)顏料微粒子的顏料分散 組成物’使用其的著色感光性樹脂組成物,彩色濾光片用 噴墨印墨,及感光性樹脂轉印材料,以及使用彼等的彩色 濾光片及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 近年來’彩色攝像元件、彩色液晶顯示裝置等的影像 關聯精密機器之高品質化及用途的擴大係急速進展。反映 此’對於彩色濾光片’亦強烈要求以對比爲首的顯示性能 之提高。基於如此的觀點,就彩色濾光片的色材來看,使 用有機顏料代替染料,最近要求奈米尺寸水平且單分散而 安定的顏料微粒子。再者,檢討利用噴墨技術的新穎彩色 濾光片之製造方法。因此’期待設計自由度的大幅提高. 成本的大幅減低,要求適合其之可發揮充分性能的顏料微 粒子之分散組成物。 此處所言的有機顏料粒子之製造方法,一般爲珠磨法 或鹽磨法等的破碎法。於上述硏磨法中,爲了使有機顏料 充分微細化而分散在組成物中,需要很多的時間與能量。 又,可用的顏料種類有限。而且,隨著顏料的微細化,其 分散組成物會顯示高黏度,視情況而定,在儲蔵中亦會膠 化。 對於此’最近開發出藉由積聚法來製造分散安性高的 顔料分散組成物之製造方法。此方法係適合於得到微細的 201038678 顏料粒子,具體地有揭示將顏料溶液與弱溶劑混合而使析 出奈米粒子,添加指定的高分子化合物之方法(參照專利文 獻1、2)。嘗試使用此分散組成物來製造彩色濾光片,將 其高對比化。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 [專利文獻1]特開2007-2623 78號公報 [專利文獻2]特開2008-083089號公報 〇【發明內容】 發明所欲解決的問題 依照上述專利文獻1及2中記載的分散組成物,的確 在作爲彩色濾光片時,具有將其高對比化的效果。另一方 面,彩色濾光片通常在其成形之際,進行顯像、後烘烤、 UV洗淨等的加工處理,因此在著色皮膜表面上發生龜裂( 表面凹凸)》著色皮膜表面若龜裂,則有所製造的彩色濾光 片之色度或尺寸精度降低,對比顯著變差的問題。發明者 〇 們著眼於此點,目的爲解決使用含有尤其以積聚法所調製 的顏料微粒子(以下亦僅稱「積聚顏料微粒子」)的分散組 成物所製作的彩色濾光片中之上述特有的問題。 即’本發明之目的爲提供具有適合於製作含有積聚顏 料微粒的彩色濾光片之分散安定性的顏料分散組成物。又 ’本發明之目的爲提供尤其在作爲彩色濾光片時發揮高對 比’而且在彩色濾光片的成形步驟中即使經過顯像、後烘 烤' UV洗淨等的處理,也可抑制或防止表面的龜裂,而 201038678 實現良好的顯示性能之顏料分散組成物。再者,目的爲提 供使用其的著色感光性樹脂組成物,彩色濾光片用噴墨印 墨,及感光性樹脂轉印材料’以及使用彼等的彩色濾光片 及液晶顯示裝置。 解決問題的手段 依照本發明’提供以下的手段: (1) 一種顏料分散組成物,其係含有有機顏料微粒子與 高分子化合物的顏料分散組成物,其特徵爲: 前述有機顏料微粒子係將在良溶劑中溶解有有機顏料 之有機顏料溶液、與和前述良溶劑有相溶性且對於前述有 機顏料而言爲弱溶劑的弱溶劑進行混合而使析出的有機顔 料微粒子, 前述高分子化合物係由下述A〜D之群所選出的至少一 種, [A :在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物], [B:含有由下述通式⑴及(π)之群所選出的至少—種之重 複單位的高分子化合物, 丄1^3、十时⑴ X1 L1-^〇-CmH2firg^-〇-A1 r4 L24〇-C-CnH2fH-〇-A2 (通式(I)及(II)中,Ri〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子或1價有 機基:X1及X2各自獨立地表示-CO-、-c( = 0)0-、-CONH-、-〇<:( = 〇)-或伸苯基;Li及L2各自獨立地表示單鍵或2 價有機連結基;A1及A2各自獨立地表示1價有機基;m 201038678 及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數;P及q各自獨立地表示 1〜100的整數)], [C:在主鏈共聚合有5〜30質量%的丙烯酸之高分子化合 物], [D:具有由下述通式(31)及通式(3 2)所組成族群所選出的 至少一種之重複單位的高分子化合物]’ 通式(31) -Q^Q^Z- 〇 (此處,Q1 表示- (C = 0)-或- S〇2-,Q2 表示-NH-或- CHR11- ’ Z表示-(C = 0)-R12-或- S〇2-R12-; R"表示氫原子、鹵素原 子、氰基或烷基;R12表示伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸芳基; 又,R11與R12亦可互相經由連結基來連結),201038678 6. TECHNOLOGICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a pigment-dispersed composition containing build-up pigment microparticles, a color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition using the same, and an inkjet ink for color filters. And photosensitive resin transfer materials, and color filters and liquid crystal display devices using the same. [Prior Art] In recent years, the quality of image-related precision devices such as color image sensors and color liquid crystal display devices has been rapidly increasing. It is reflected that the 'color filter' also strongly requires an improvement in display performance led by comparison. Based on such a viewpoint, in view of the color material of the color filter, an organic pigment is used instead of the dye, and recently, pigment fine particles having a nanometer size level and monodisperse and stable are required. Furthermore, a method of manufacturing a novel color filter using ink jet technology is reviewed. Therefore, it is expected that the degree of freedom in design will be greatly increased. The cost is drastically reduced, and a dispersion composition of pigment microparticles suitable for exhibiting sufficient performance is required. The method for producing the organic pigment particles as described herein is generally a crushing method such as a bead milling method or a salt milling method. In the above honing method, in order to sufficiently refine the organic pigment to be dispersed in the composition, a lot of time and energy are required. Also, the types of pigments available are limited. Moreover, as the pigment is refined, the dispersed composition exhibits a high viscosity, which may be gelled in the storage as the case may be. For this, a manufacturing method for producing a pigment dispersion composition having high dispersion stability by an accumulation method has recently been developed. This method is suitable for obtaining fine 201038678 pigment particles, and specifically discloses a method of mixing a pigment solution with a weak solvent to precipitate nano particles and adding a specified polymer compound (see Patent Documents 1 and 2). It was attempted to use this dispersion composition to manufacture a color filter, which was highly contrasted. CITATION LIST OF THE INVENTION PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE INVENTION The problems to be solved by the invention are as described in the above Patent Documents 1 and 2. The dispersion composition does have a high contrast effect when it is used as a color filter. On the other hand, the color filter is usually subjected to processing such as development, post-baking, and UV cleaning at the time of molding, so that cracks (surface irregularities) occur on the surface of the colored film. If the crack is formed, the color filter or the dimensional accuracy of the manufactured color filter is lowered, and the contrast is significantly deteriorated. The inventors of the present invention have focused on this point, and have an object to solve the above-mentioned characteristic use in a color filter produced by using a dispersion composition containing pigment fine particles (hereinafter, simply referred to as "accumulated pigment fine particles") prepared by an accumulation method. problem. That is, the object of the present invention is to provide a pigment dispersion composition having a dispersion stability suitable for producing a color filter containing accumulated pigment particles. Further, the object of the present invention is to provide a high contrast in the case of a color filter, and to suppress or even perform a process such as development, post-baking, and UV cleaning in the color filter forming step. Prevents surface cracking, while 201038678 achieves good display performance of pigment dispersion compositions. Further, the object is to provide a coloring photosensitive resin composition using the coloring inkjet ink for color filters, a photosensitive resin transfer material', and a color filter and a liquid crystal display device using the same. Means for Solving the Problem According to the present invention, the following means are provided: (1) A pigment dispersion composition comprising a pigment dispersion composition of an organic pigment microparticle and a polymer compound, characterized in that: the aforementioned organic pigment microparticle system is in good condition An organic pigment solution in which an organic pigment is dissolved in a solvent, and an organic pigment fine particle which is soluble in a weak solvent which is compatible with the above-mentioned good solvent and which is a weak solvent in the organic pigment, and the polymer compound is as follows At least one selected from the group consisting of A to D, [A: a polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in a side chain], [B: containing at least a repeat of a species selected from the group of the following general formulae (1) and (π) The polymer compound of the unit, 丄1^3, ten o'clock (1) X1 L1-^〇-CmH2firg^-〇-A1 r4 L24〇-C-CnH2fH-〇-A2 (in the formulas (I) and (II), Ri ~R6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group: X1 and X2 each independently represent -CO-, -c(=0)0-, -CONH-, -〇<:(= 〇)- or Phenyl; Li and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; A1 and A2 are each independently It represents a monovalent organic group; m 201038678 and η each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8; P and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100)], [C: 5 to 30% by mass in the main chain copolymerization. Polymer compound of acrylic acid], [D: a polymer compound having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following general formula (31) and the general formula (32)]] (31) -Q ^Q^Z- 〇 (here, Q1 means - (C = 0)- or - S〇2-, Q2 means -NH- or - CHR11- 'Z means -(C = 0)-R12- or - S 〇2-R12-; R" represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkyl group; R12 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an extended aryl group; and R11 and R12 may also be bonded to each other via a linking group) ,

通式(32) -Rf-OH (此處,Rf表示由至少1個氟原子所取代的伸烷基)。 (2) 如(1)記載的顔料分散組成物,其中前述高分子化合 Ο 物至少含有由前述B之群所選出的重複單位與由C之群所 選出的重複單位。 (3) 如(1)或(2)記載的顏料分散組成物,其中於前述D 群的高分子化合物中,含有5〜100質量。/。的由前通式(3 1) 及(3 2)所組成族群所選出的至少一種之重複單位。 (4) 如(1)〜(3)中任一項記載的顏料分散組成物,其中前 述高分子化合物係質量平均分子量1 0 00〜100000。 (5) 如(1)〜(4)中任一項記載的顏料分散組成物,其中前 201038678 述高分子化合物具有50mgKOH/g以上、200mgKOH/g以下 的範圍之酸性基。 (6) —種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵爲含有(1)〜(5) 中任一項記載的顏料分散組成物之顏料微粒子成分、黏結 劑、單體或寡聚物、及光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系。 (7) —種彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨,其特徵爲含有(1)〜(6) 中任一項記載的顏料分散組成物之顏料微粒子成分、黏結 劑、及單體或寡聚物。 (8) —種感光性樹脂轉印材料,其特徵爲在臨時支持體 上至少設有含(6)記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物之感光性樹 脂層。 (9) 一種彩色濾光片,其特徵爲使用(6)記載的著色感光 性樹脂組成物、(7)記載的彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨、及/或 (8)記載的感光性樹脂轉印材料所製作。 (10) —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲具有(9)記載的彩色 濾光片。 (11) 一種顏料分散組成物之製造方法,其係含有有機顔 料微粒子與高分子化合物的顏料分散組成物之製造方法, 其特徵爲: 前述高分子化合物係由下述A〜D之群所選出的至少― 種, 良 在 將 係 子 粒 微 料 顏 機 有 述 前 劑行 溶進 良劑 述溶 前 弱 和的 與劑 、 溶 液弱 溶爲 料言 顏而 機料 有顏 之機 料有顏 顏述機 機前有 有於的 有對出 解且析 溶性使 中溶而 劑相合 溶有混 201038678 料微粒子, 而且經由 (1) 於將前述有機顏料微粒子當作凝聚體析出後,進行濃縮 糊化 (2) 至少使用前述高分子化合物與前述糊,進行再分散的步 驟; [A:在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物], [B:含有由下述通式(I)及(II)之群所選出的至少一種之重 〇 複單位的高分子化合物,General formula (32) - Rf-OH (wherein Rf represents an alkylene group substituted by at least one fluorine atom). (2) The pigment dispersion composition according to (1), wherein the polymer compound contains at least a repeating unit selected from the group of B and a repeating unit selected from the group of C. (3) The pigment dispersion composition according to (1) or (2), wherein the polymer compound of the group D contains 5 to 100 masses. /. A repeating unit of at least one selected from the group consisting of the former formulas (3 1) and (32). (4) The pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (3) wherein the polymer compound has a mass average molecular weight of from 10 to 100,000. (5) The pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the polymer compound according to the above paragraph 201038678 has an acidic group in a range of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 200 mgKOH/g or less. (6) A coloring photosensitive resin composition containing a pigment fine particle component, a binder, a monomer or an oligomer, and a light of the pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (5) A polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. (7) An inkjet ink for a color filter, which comprises the pigment fine particle component, the binder, and the monomer or oligomer of the pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (6). Things. (8) A photosensitive resin transfer material characterized in that at least a photosensitive resin layer containing the colored photosensitive resin composition of (6) is provided on the temporary support. (9) A color filter comprising the colored photosensitive resin composition according to (6), the inkjet ink for color filter according to (7), and/or the photosensitive property described in (8) Made of resin transfer material. (10) A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to (9). (11) A method for producing a pigment dispersion composition, which is a method for producing a pigment dispersion composition comprising an organic pigment fine particle and a polymer compound, wherein the polymer compound is selected from the group consisting of the following groups A to D; At least the species, the good thing is to dissolve the granules into the granules, the pre-agents are dissolved into the medicinal agents, and the agents are weakly dissolved before the solution, the solution is weakly dissolved, and the materials are yan. Before the machine, there is a solution to dissolve the solution, and the solvent is dissolved in the medium to dissolve the mixed particles of 201038678, and the organic pigment particles are precipitated as agglomerates, and then concentrated and gelatinized. (2) a step of redispersing at least the polymer compound and the paste; [A: a polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in a side chain], [B: containing the following general formulae (I) and (II) At least one of the polymer compounds selected from the group,

(通式U)及(II)中,Ri〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子或丨價有 機基;X1及X2各自獨立地表示- CO-、-C( = 0)0-、-CONH-、-〇C( = 〇)-或伸苯基;及L2各自獨立地表示單鍵或2 〇 價有機連結基;A1及A2各自獨立地表示1價有機基;111 及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數;p及q各自獨立地表示 1〜100的整數)], [C:在主鏈共聚合有5〜30質量%的丙烯酸之高分子化合 物], [D ··具有由下述通式(3〗)及通式(3 2)所組成族群所選出的 至少一種之重複單位的高分子化合物], 通式(3 1) -Q'-Q^Z- 201038678 通式(3 1 ) W-z- (此處,Q1 表示- (〇0)-或- S02-,Q2 表示一NH-或-CHR11-’ Z表不-(C = 0)-R12 -或- S〇2-R12-; R11表不氮原子、齒素 原子、氰基或烷基;R12表示伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸芳基 :又,R11與R12亦可互相經由連結基來連結), 通式(32)In the formulae U) and (II), Ri to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a valence organic group; and X1 and X2 each independently represent -CO-, -C(=0)0-, -CONH-, - 〇C( = 〇)- or phenyl group; and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a 2 valence organic linking group; A1 and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group; 111 and η each independently represent 2~ An integer of 8; p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100), [C: a polymer compound of acrylic acid having 5 to 30% by mass in the main chain copolymerization], [D·· has the following a polymer compound of at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of formula (3) and formula (3 2), general formula (3 1) -Q'-Q^Z- 201038678 formula (3 1 ) Wz- (here, Q1 represents - (〇0)- or -S02-, Q2 represents an NH- or -CHR11-' Z represents not - (C = 0)-R12 - or - S〇2-R12-; R11 represents a nitrogen atom, a dentate atom, a cyano group or an alkyl group; R12 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkyl group or an extended aryl group: in addition, R11 and R12 may also be bonded to each other via a linking group), )

-Rf-OH (此處,Rf表示由至少1個氟原子所取代的伸烷基)。 發明的效果 本發明的顏料分散組成物係適合於製作含有積聚顏料 微粒子的彩色濾光片,作爲彩色濾光片時可發揮高對比。 再者,依照本發明的顏料分散組成物,即使在彩色濾光片 的成形步驟中經過顯像、後烘烤、UV洗淨等的處理,也 可抑制或防止表面的龜裂,實現良好的顯示性能,而且達 成顯示高分散安定性的優異作用效果。 又,可提供具有上述良好特性的顏料分散組成物,使 用其所製作的著色感光性樹脂組成物,彩色濾光片用噴墨 印墨,及使用感光性樹脂轉印材料,表面不龜裂,亦可對 應於精密光學設計等用途的高性能彩色濾光片’再者可提 供使用其的能顯示色彩鮮艷的映像顯示之液晶顯示裝置。 本發明的上述及其它特徴和優點係由下述的記載而變 明顯。 【實施方式】 -10 - 201038678 實施發明的形態 以下詳細說明本發明。 本發明的顏料分散體之特徵爲含有積聚顏料的微粒子 與特定高分子化合物。依照本發明的一實施態樣,上述特 定高分子化合物係於成爲彩色濾光片的色材之有機溶劑系 的分散體中,在積聚顏料的分子與介質之間顯示特有的吸 附或排斥相互作用。茲認爲藉由而優化彩色濾光片的製造 適合性’例如消除製造時的表面龜裂之問題。雖然其作用 Ο 機構有不清楚之點,但茲認爲粉碎所得不到之以再沈澱法 所得的積聚微粒子之特有表面狀態係特別適合於與前述特 定高分子化合物作用,藉由組合此等,上述效果可以極高 的水平來發揮。以下以較佳的實施形態爲基礎來詳細說明 本發明。 [顔料] 本發明的顏料分散組成物中所用的有機顔料之種類係 不受色相所限定,例如可-Rf-OH (wherein Rf represents an alkylene group substituted by at least one fluorine atom). EFFECTS OF THE INVENTION The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is suitable for producing a color filter containing aggregated pigment microparticles, and exhibits high contrast as a color filter. Further, according to the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, even if it is subjected to a process such as development, post-baking, UV cleaning or the like in the molding step of the color filter, cracking of the surface can be suppressed or prevented, and good results can be achieved. The performance is displayed, and an excellent effect showing high dispersion stability is achieved. Further, it is possible to provide a pigment dispersion composition having the above-described excellent characteristics, a coloring photosensitive resin composition produced by the coloring, an inkjet ink for a color filter, and a photosensitive resin transfer material, and the surface is not cracked. A high-performance color filter that can also be used for precision optical design, etc., can also provide a liquid crystal display device that can display a vivid image display. The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description. [Embodiment] -10 - 201038678 MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION The present invention will be described in detail below. The pigment dispersion of the present invention is characterized by containing fine particles of a pigment and a specific polymer compound. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the specific polymer compound is in a dispersion of an organic solvent system which is a color material of a color filter, and exhibits a specific adsorption or repulsion interaction between molecules of the accumulated pigment and the medium. . It is considered that the manufacturing suitability of the color filter is optimized by, for example, eliminating the problem of surface cracking at the time of manufacture. Although the action mechanism is unclear, it is considered that the specific surface state of the accumulated fine particles obtained by the reprecipitation method which is not obtained by the pulverization is particularly suitable for the action with the specific polymer compound described above, by combining these, The above effects can be exerted at an extremely high level. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail based on preferred embodiments. [Pigment] The kind of the organic pigment used in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is not limited by the hue, for example,

、苯并咪唑酮化合 、硫靛化合物顔 例如可舉出茈化合物顏料、芘酮化合物 〇物顏料、喹吖啶酮醌化合物顏料、蒽 物顔料、雙偶氮化合物顔料、偶 合物顏料、酞花青化合物顏料、 噚阱化合物顏料、胺基蒽醌化 、異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料、皮蒽 :合物顏料、彼等的混合物等。 -11 - 201038678 其中’較佳爲菲化合物顏料、唾吖啶酮化合物顏料、 蒽醒化合物顏料、r酮基_幷啦咯化合物顏料、胺基惠 醌化合物顔料、—階抵小a柄… —4阱化口物顏料、酞花青化合物顔料或 偶氮化合物顏料,難爲二酮基耻咯并吡咯化合物顏料、 胺基惠醌化合物顏料、&花青化合物顏料、二吗哄化合物 顏料或偶氮化合物顏料。 於本發明中,可組合2種類以上的有機顏料或有機顏 料之固溶體來使用,而且亦可與有機色素組合使用。 於本發明中,較佳爲使用下述A〜D的特定高分子化合 物’其質量平均分子量(雖然各高分子化合物中更佳的範圍 係按照需要而個別說明),較佳爲1000〜500000,更佳爲 2000〜300000’特佳爲3000〜200000。於本發明中,提到 分子量時’只要沒有特別預先指明,則意味質量平均分子 量,質量平均分子量(Mw)係以凝膠滲透層析術(載體:四 氫呋喃)所測定的聚苯乙烯換算質量平均分子量。 [高分子化合物A] 於本發明中,較佳爲在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物 〇 •通式(1)所示的單體化合物 作爲如此的高分子化合物’較佳爲含有下述通式(1)所 示的單體、或由馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺衍生物所成的單 體而來的聚合單位之聚合物’特佳爲含有下述通式(1)所示 的單體而來的聚合單位之聚合物。 -12 - 201038678 H2G=C 0 通式⑴Examples of the benzimidazolone compound and the sulfonium compound pigment include an anthraquinone compound pigment, an anthrone compound pigment pigment, a quinacridonequinone compound pigment, a quinone pigment, a disazo compound pigment, a conjugate pigment, and a quince flower. A green compound pigment, a ruthenium compound pigment, an amine ruthenium, an isoindolinone compound pigment, a skin pigment: a mixture thereof, and the like. -11 - 201038678 wherein 'preferably a phenanthrene compound pigment, a pyridone compound pigment, an awakening compound pigment, an r-keto-幷 咯 compound compound pigment, an amine-based oxime compound pigment, a -step a small handle... 4 well-formed mouth pigment, phthalocyanine compound pigment or azo compound pigment, difficult to be diketo-based ruthenium pyrrole compound pigment, amine-based oxime compound pigment, & cyanine compound pigment, diruthenium compound pigment or even Nitrogen compound pigment. In the present invention, two or more types of organic pigments or solid solutions of organic pigments may be used in combination, and they may be used in combination with organic pigments. In the present invention, it is preferred to use the specific polymer compound of the following A to D's mass average molecular weight (although a more preferable range of each polymer compound is individually described as needed), preferably from 1,000 to 500,000. More preferably 2000~300000' is particularly good for 3000~20000. In the present invention, when referring to the molecular weight, 'the mass average molecular weight, the mass average molecular weight (Mw) is a polystyrene-converted mass average measured by gel permeation chromatography (carrier: tetrahydrofuran) unless otherwise specified. Molecular weight. [Polymer compound A] In the present invention, a polymer compound having a hetero ring in a side chain is preferred. The monomer compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably such a polymer compound. The polymer of the polymerization unit of the monomer represented by the formula (1) or a monomer derived from a maleimide or a maleimide derivative is particularly preferably a compound of the following formula (1) a polymer of a polymerized unit derived from the monomers shown. -12 - 201038678 H2G=C 0 General formula (1)

t-R^Z 前述通式(1)中’ R1表示氫原子、或取代或無取代的院 基。R2表示單鍵或2價連結基。Y表示- CO-、-C( = 0)0_ 、-CONH-、-〇C( = 0)-或伸苯基。Z表示具有含氮雜環構造 的基。 作爲R1的烷基,較佳爲碳數1〜12的烷基,更佳爲碳 0 數1〜8的烷基’特佳爲碳數1〜4的烷基。 當R1所示的烷基具有取代基時,作爲該取代基,例如 可舉出羥基、烷氧基(較佳爲碳數1〜5’更佳爲碳數1〜3) 甲氧基、乙氧基、環己氧基等。 作爲R1所示的較佳烷基,具體地例如可舉出甲基、乙 基、丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、正己基、環己基 、2-羥乙基、3-羥丙基、2-羥丙基、2-甲氧基乙基。 作爲R1,最佳爲氫原子或甲基。 Ο 通式(1)中’R2表示單鍵或2價連結基。作爲該2價連 結基,較佳爲取代或無取代的伸烷基。作爲該伸烷基,較 佳爲碳數1〜12的伸烷基’尤佳爲碳數1〜12的伸烷基, 更佳爲碳數1〜8的伸烷基’特佳爲碳數1〜4的伸烷基。 R2所示的伸烷基亦可經由雜原子(例如氧原子、氮原子 或硫原子)而連結2個以上者。 作爲R2所示的較佳伸烷基,具體地例如亞甲基、伸乙 基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基。 -13 - 201038678 當R2所示的較佳伸烷基具有取代基時,作爲該取代基 ,例如可舉出羥基等。 作爲R2所示的2價連結基,於上述伸烷基的末端,亦 可爲具有由-0-、-S-、-C( = 0)0-、-CONH-、-C( = 0)S-、-NHCONH- 、 -NHC( = 0)0- 、 -NHC( = 0)S- 、 -0C( = 0)-、- OCONH-及-NHCO-所選出的具有雜原子或含雜原子的部分 構造,經由該雜原子或含雜原子的部分構造而與Z連結者 〇 • 雜環基構造 通式(2)中,Z表示具有雜環的基。作爲具有雜環的基 ,若將其殘基當作化合物來說,例如可舉出酞花青、不溶 性偶氮化合物、偶氮糊化合物、蒽醌、唾吖啶酮、二噚阱 、二酮基吡咯并吡咯、蒽吡啶、蒽酮、陰丹酮、黃蒽酮、 芘酮、茈、硫靛的色素化合物,或例如噻吩、呋喃、咕噸 、吡咯、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、二噚茂烷、吡唑、吡唑啉、吡 唑啶、咪唑、曙唑、唾唑、噚二唑、三唑、噻二唑、吡喃 、吡啶、哌啶、二曙烷、嗎啉、嗒畊、嘧啶、哌畊、三畊 、三噻烷、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、苯并咪唑酮、苯并噻 唑、琥珀醯亞胺、苯二甲醯亞胺、萘二甲醯亞胺、乙內醯 脲、吲哚、喹啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶酮、蒽醌、吡畊、四 唑、啡噻阱、啡曙阱、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、環狀醯胺化 合物、環狀脲化合物、環狀醯亞胺化合物等的雜環化合物 。此等雜環化合物的殘基亦可具有取代基,作爲該取代基 ’例如可舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、脂肪族酯基、芳 -14 - 201038678 香族酯基'烷氧羰基等。 Z更佳爲具有碳數6以上的含氮雜環之基,特佳爲具有 碳數6以上12以下的含氮雜環之基。作爲碳數6以上的 含氮雜環,具體地較佳爲啡噻阱環、啡噚畊環、吖啶酮環 、蒽醌環、苯并咪唑化合物殘基、苯并三唑化合物殘基、 苯并噻唑化合物殘基、環狀醯胺化合物殘基、環狀脲化合 物殘基、及環狀醯亞胺化合物殘基,特佳爲下述(2)、(3) 或(4)所示的構造。t-R^Z In the above formula (1), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted group. R2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents -CO-, -C(=0)0_, -CONH-, -〇C(=0)- or phenyl. Z represents a group having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure. The alkyl group of R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When the alkyl group represented by R1 has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group (preferably, the carbon number is 1 to 5' is more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3). Oxyl, cyclohexyloxy and the like. Specific examples of the preferred alkyl group represented by R1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a n-hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a 2-hydroxyethyl group. 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-methoxyethyl. As R1, it is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. ’ In the formula (1), 'R2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group is preferred. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of from 1 to 12, particularly preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of from 1 to 12, more preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of from 1 to 8, which is particularly preferably a carbon number. 1 to 4 alkyl groups. The alkylene group represented by R2 may be bonded to two or more via a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom). Preferred alkylene groups represented by R2 are, for example, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propyl group, a trimethylene group or a tetramethylene group. In the case where the preferred alkylene group represented by R2 has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by R2 may have an O-, -S-, -C(=0)0-, -CONH-, -C(=0) at the end of the alkylene group. S-, -NHCONH-, -NHC( = 0)0-, -NHC( = 0)S-, -0C( = 0)-, - OCONH- and -NHCO- have heteroatoms or heteroatoms selected The partial structure is bonded to the Z via a hetero atom or a hetero atom-containing moiety. In the formula (2), Z represents a group having a hetero ring. Examples of the compound having a hetero ring include a phthalocyanine, an insoluble azo compound, an azo paste compound, an anthracene, a pyridone, a dioxane, and a diketone. a pigment compound of pyridyl pyrrole, pyridinium, anthrone, indanthrone, xanthone, anthrone, anthraquinone, sulfonium, or, for example, thiophene, furan, xanthene, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, diterpenoid Alkane, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazole, imidazole, oxazole, stilbazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxane, morpholine, sorghum, Pyrimidine, piperculosis, tri-till, trithiane, isoporphyrin, isoindolinone, benzimidazolone, benzothiazole, amber imine, phthalimide, naphthyl imine , carbendazim, hydrazine, quinoline, carbazole, acridine, acridone, hydrazine, pyridin, tetrazole, morphine trap, morphine trap, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, ring A heterocyclic compound such as a guanamine compound, a cyclic urea compound, or a cyclic quinone imine compound. The residue of the heterocyclic compound may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent ' include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an aliphatic ester group, and an aromatic-14 - 201038678 aromatic ester group 'alkoxy group'. Carbonyl group and the like. More preferably, Z is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group having 6 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having 6 or more carbon atoms is specifically preferably a phenothiazine ring, a porphyrin ring, an acridone ring, an anthracene ring, a benzimidazole compound residue, a benzotriazole compound residue, or the like. The benzothiazole compound residue, the cyclic guanamine compound residue, the cyclic urea compound residue, and the cyclic quinone imine compound residue are particularly preferably represented by the following (2), (3) or (4) Construction.

0,0,

II

1C . 通式(3) λ Y Ζ1C . General formula (3) λ Y Ζ

通式(4) 通式(2) 通式(2)中’ X係由單鍵、伸烷基(例如亞甲基、伸乙基 、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基等)、·〇-、-s-、-nra-及-C( = 0)-所組成族群所選出的任一者。此處,RA表示氫原子 或烷基。RA表示烷基時的烷基,較佳爲碳數1〜18的烷基 Ο ’更佳爲碳數1〜6的烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第三丁基、正己基 '正辛基、2-乙基己基、正十八基等。 於上述中’作爲通式(2)中的X,較佳爲單鍵、亞甲基 、-0-或-C( = 0)-,特佳爲 _(2( = 〇)_。 通式(4)中,Y及ζ各自獨立地表示-N=、-NH-、-N(RB)-、-S-或-Ο-。RB表示烷基,表示烷基時的烷基較 佳爲碳數1〜18的烷基,更佳爲碳數1〜6的烷基,例如 -15 - 201038678 可舉出甲基、乙基 '正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第三丁棊 、正己基、正辛基、2 -乙基己基、正十八基等。 於上述中’作爲通式(4)中的Y及z,特佳爲、-NH-及-N(RB)-。作爲Y與Z的組合,可舉出γ與z的任一 者爲-N=且另一者爲-NH-的組合、咪唑基。 通式(2)、(3)及(4)的環A、環B、環C及環0各自獨立 地表示芳香環(含芳香族環及雜環的意思)。作爲該芳香環 ,例如可舉出苯環、萘環、茚環、莫環、蕗環、恵環、吡 啶環、吡阱環、嘧啶環、吡咯環、咪唑環、U引噪環、喹啉 環' 吖啶環、啡噻畊環、啡噚阱環、吖啶酮環、葱醋瓌等 ,其中較佳爲苯環、萘環、蒽環、吡啶環、啡曙哄環、吖 啶環、啡噻畊環、啡嗶畊環、吖啶酮環、蒽醌環,特佳爲 苯環、萘環、吡啶環。 具體地,作爲通式(2)中的環A及環B,例如可舉出苯 環、萘環 '耻啶環、吡畊環等。作爲通式(3)中的環C,例 如可舉出苯環、萘環、吡啶環、吡畊環等。作爲通式(4)的 環D,例如可舉出苯環、萘環、吡啶環、吡畊環等。 於通式(2)、(3)及(4)所示的構造之中,從分散性、分散 液的經時安定性之點來看,更佳爲苯環、萘環,於通式(2) 或(4)中,更佳爲苯環,於通式(3)中,更佳爲萘環。 • 作爲上述構成重複單位所例示的單體化合物 於本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物中, 以下舉出下述通式(1)所示的單體、馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞 胺衍生物之較佳具體例,惟本發明不受此等所限制。 -16 - 201038678General formula (4) General formula (2) In the general formula (2), X is a single bond, an alkyl group (for example, methylene, ethyl, propyl, trimethylene, tetramethylene, etc.) , ·〇-, -s-, -nra-, and -C( = 0)- any of the selected groups. Here, RA represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. RA represents an alkyl group in the case of an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 18, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group and an isopropyl group. Base, n-butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl 'n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octadecyl and the like. In the above, 'as X in the formula (2), preferably a single bond, a methylene group, a-0- or a -C(=0)-, and particularly preferably a _(2(= 〇)_. In (4), Y and hydrazine each independently represent -N=, -NH-, -N(RB)-, -S- or -Ο-. RB represents an alkyl group, and an alkyl group in the case of an alkyl group is preferably The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, -15 - 201038678, which may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl 'n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or a third group.棊, n-hexyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octadecyl, etc. In the above, 'as Y and z in the formula (4), particularly preferably, -NH- and -N(RB) - As a combination of Y and Z, a combination of γ and z is -N= and the other is -NH-, and an imidazole group. Formula (2), (3), and (4) The ring A, the ring B, the ring C and the ring 0 each independently represent an aromatic ring (including an aromatic ring and a hetero ring). Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a ring. , anthracene ring, anthracene ring, pyridine ring, pyr trap ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, U noise ring, quinoline ring 'acridine ring, morphine ring, morphine ring, acridone , scallion vinegar, etc., among which are preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a pyridine ring, a morphine ring, an acridine ring, a morphine ring, a brown sugar ring, an acridone ring, an anthracene ring, Particularly, the benzene ring, the naphthalene ring, and the pyridine ring are specifically exemplified as the ring A and the ring B in the formula (2), and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a valine ring, a pyrol ring, and the like. Examples of the ring C in the formula (3) include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pyridine ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the ring D of the formula (4) include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a pyridine ring. Pyridine ring, etc. Among the structures represented by the general formulae (2), (3), and (4), the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring are more preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and stability of the dispersion over time. In the formula (2) or (4), a benzene ring is more preferred, and in the formula (3), a naphthalene ring is more preferred. • The monomer compound exemplified as the above-mentioned constituent repeating unit is in the present embodiment. In the polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in the side chain, preferred examples of the monomer represented by the following formula (1), maleimide, and maleimide derivative are as follows. The invention is not limited by these. -16 - 201038678

-17 - 201038678-17 - 201038678

-18 - 201038678-18 - 201038678

本實施態樣所用的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物, 係可僅含有1種的由通式(1)所示的單體、馬來醯亞胺、馬 來醯亞胺衍生物而來共聚合單位,也可含有2種以上。於 本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物中,由通式 (1)所示的單體、馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺衍生物而來共聚 合單位之含量,係沒有特別的限制,當以本實施態樣之在 側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物中所含有的全部構造單位爲 Ο 100質量%時,較佳爲含有5質量%以上的由通式(1)所示的 單體、馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺衍生物而來的共聚合單位 ,更佳爲含有1〇〜50質量%。於通式(1)所示的單體、馬 來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺衍生物之中,較佳爲通式(1)所示的 單體,因爲對顏料的吸附性高。 即,爲了有效地抑制顔料的1次粒子之凝聚體的2次 凝聚體之生成,或有效地減弱2次凝聚體的凝聚力,由通 式(1)所示的單體、馬來醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺衍生物而來的 -19 - 201038678 共聚合單位之含量較佳爲5質量%以上。又,從由含有顏 料分散組成物的光硬化性組成物來製造彩色濾光片之際的 顯像性之觀點來看,由通式(1)所示的單體而來的共聚合單 位之含量較佳爲50質量%以下。 • 具有酸性基的構成重複單位 本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物,較佳 爲更含有由具有酸性基的單體而來的共聚合單位。由於高 分子化合物更含有由具有酸性基的單體而來的共聚合單位 ,在感光性組成物中採用顏料分散組成物時,未曝光部的 顯像去除性優異。 作爲具有酸性基的單體,可舉出丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸 、巴豆酸、α-氯丙烯酸、肉桂酸等的不飽和單羧酸類·,馬 來酸、馬來酸酐、富馬酸、伊康酸、伊康酸酐、檸康酸、 檸康酸酐、仲康酸等的不飽和二羧酸或其酐類;3價以上 的不飽和多價羧酸或其酐類;琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基) 、琥珀酸單(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、苯二甲酸單(2-丙 烯醯氧基乙基)酯、苯二甲酸單(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯 等之2價以上的多價羧酸之單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯 類;ω -羧基-聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯、ω -羧基-聚己內酯單甲 基丙烯酸酯等之兩末端羧基聚合物之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯類 等。本實施態樣的高分子化合物可僅含有1種的由具有酸 性基的單體而來的共聚合單位,也可含有2種以上。 於本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物中, 由具有酸性基的單體而來的共聚合單位之含量較佳爲50〜 -20 - 201038678 200mgKOH/g,特佳爲 80〜200mgKOH/g。更佳的範圍爲 100〜180mgKOH/g。即,從抑制顯像液中之析出物的生成 之點來看,由具有酸性基的單體而來的共聚合單位之含量 較佳爲50mgKOH/g以上。酸價若爲200mgKOH/g以上,酸 性基間的凝聚變強,發生加工顏料間的凝聚,分散性變差 而不宜。爲了有效地抑制顏料的1次粒子之凝聚體的2次 凝聚體之生成,或有效地減弱2次凝聚體的凝聚力,由具 有酸性基的單體而來的共聚合單位之含量較佳爲上述範圍 〇 。 • 由乙烯基單體而來的構成重複單位 本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物,於不 損害其效果的範圍內,可更含有能共聚合的由乙烯基單體 而來的共聚合單位。 此處,可使用的乙烯基單體係沒有特別的限制’例如 較佳爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯酯類、馬來 酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯 ® 胺類、乙烯醚類、乙烯醇的酯類、苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙稀 腈等。作爲如此的乙烯基單體之具體例,例如可舉出如以 下的化合物。再者,表示本說明書中的「丙烯醯基、甲基 丙烯醯基」之任一者或兩者時’有記載爲「(甲基)丙烯醯 基」。 作爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之例’可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲 -21 - 201038678 基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-苯氧基-2-羥丙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙二醇單甲基醚 、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三乙二 醇單甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙 烯酸聚乙二醇單甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇單乙基醚 、(甲基)丙烯酸β-苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基 苯氧基聚乙二醇、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴 苯氧基乙酯等。 作爲巴豆酸酯類之例,可舉出巴豆酸丁酯及巴豆酸己 酯等。 作爲乙烯酯類之例,可舉出醋酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烧酯 、丁酸乙烯酯、乙烯基甲氧基醋酸酯及苯甲酸乙烯酯等。 作爲馬來酸二酯類之例,可舉出馬來酸二甲酯、馬來 酸二乙酯及馬來酸二丁酯等。 作爲富馬酸二酯類之例,可舉出富馬酸二甲酯、富馬 -22 - 201038678 酸二乙酯及富馬酸二丁酯等。 作爲伊康酸二酯類之例,可舉出伊康酸二甲酯、伊康 酸二乙酯及伊康酸二丁酯等。 作爲(甲基)丙烯醯胺類,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基丙烯醯基( 甲基)醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲 Ο 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基 嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。 作爲乙烯醚類之例,可舉出甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚 、己基乙烯醚及甲氧基乙基乙烯醚等。 作爲苯乙烯類之例,可舉出苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯 '二 甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯 、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙 〇 烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯 、氯甲基苯乙烯、由酸性物質可脫保護的基(例如t-Boc等) 所保護的羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯及α_甲基苯乙烯 等。 • 分子量等 本實施態樣之在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物之較佳 分子量,以質量平均分子量(MW)計更佳爲1,000〜100,000 的範圍,以數量平均分子量(Μη)計較佳爲400〜50,000的 -23 - 201038678 範圍。以質量平均分子量(Mw)計更佳爲5,000〜50,000的 範圍,以數量平均分子量(Μη)計爲2,000〜3 0,000的範圍 。特別地,以質量平均分子量(Mw)計最佳爲8,000〜 3 0,000的範圍,以數量平均分子量(Μη)計最佳爲4,000〜 1 2,000的範圍。 即,從爲了有效地抑制顏料的1次粒子之凝聚體的2 次凝聚體之生成,或有效地減弱2次凝聚體的凝聚力之觀 點來看,本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物之 質量平均分子量(Mw)較佳爲1,000以上。又,從由含有顏 料分散組成物的光硬化性組成物來製造彩色濾光片之際的 顯像性之觀點來看,本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分 子化合物之質量平均分子量(Mw)較佳爲1 00,000以下。 本實施態樣的顏料分散組成物中,具有雜環的高分子 化合物之含量,以質量比計,較佳爲在顏料側鏈具有雜環 的高分子化合物=1:0.01〜1:2,更佳爲1:0.05〜1:1,特佳 爲 1:0.1〜1:0·6〇 該具有雜環的高分子化合物,例如係可使用通式(1)所 示的單體、聚合性寡聚物(大分子單體)及當作共聚合成分 的其它自由基聚合性化合物’藉由通常的自由基聚合法來 製造。一般地’使用懸浮聚合法或溶液聚合法等。作爲合 成如此的聚合物之際所用的溶劑,例如可舉出二氯乙院、 環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇'丙醇、丁醇、 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、2_甲氧基乙基醋酸酯 、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙基醋酸酯、Ν,Ν_二甲基 -24 - 201038678 甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲亞碾、甲苯、醋酸乙酯 、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等。此等溶劑可爲單獨或以2種以 上混合。 於該自由基聚合之際,可使用自由基聚合引發劑,而 且更可使用鏈轉移劑(例如2-锍基乙醇及十二基硫醇)。 [高分子化合物B] • 通式(I)或(II)所示的構成重複單位 本發明的顏料分散組成物較佳爲含有由下述通式(I)及 Ο (II)的任一者所示的重複單位所選出的至少1種之重複單 位的高分子化合物(以下亦稱爲「特定聚合物」)。 R1 R3 R4 R6The polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain used in the present embodiment may contain only one monomer represented by the formula (1), maleimide or maleimine derivative. The unit to be copolymerized may also contain two or more types. In the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain of the present embodiment, the content of the unit of the monomer represented by the formula (1), the maleimide, and the maleimide derivative is used. In the case of the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain in the present embodiment, the total structural unit contained in the side chain is 100% by mass, preferably 5% by mass or more. The copolymerization unit derived from the monomer, maleimide or maleimide derivative represented by (1) is more preferably from 1 to 50% by mass. Among the monomers represented by the formula (1), the maleimide and the maleimide derivatives, the monomer represented by the formula (1) is preferred because of its high adsorptivity to the pigment. In other words, in order to effectively suppress the formation of secondary aggregates of aggregates of primary particles of pigment or to effectively reduce the cohesive force of secondary aggregates, the monomer represented by the general formula (1), maleimide The content of the copolymerization unit is preferably 5% by mass or more from -19 to 201038678 derived from the maleimide derivative. In addition, the copolymerization unit derived from the monomer represented by the general formula (1) is used for the development of the color filter from the photocurable composition containing the pigment-dispersed composition. The content is preferably 50% by mass or less. • The structural repeating unit having an acidic group The polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in the side chain of the present embodiment preferably further contains a copolymerized unit derived from a monomer having an acidic group. Since the polymer compound further contains a copolymerization unit derived from a monomer having an acidic group, when the pigment dispersion composition is used as the photosensitive composition, the unexposed portion is excellent in image removability. Examples of the monomer having an acidic group include unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, and cinnamic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, and ikon. Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid or anhydride thereof such as acid, itaconic acid anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride or seccoic acid; unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acid having three or more valences or anhydride thereof; succinic acid mono(2- Propylene oxiranyl ethyl), succinic acid mono(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) ester, phthalic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) ester, phthalic acid mono (2-methyl) Mono [(methyl) propylene oxyalkyl] ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid having a valence of 2 or more, such as acryloxyethyl)ester; ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate, ω-carboxyl group a mono(meth)acrylate such as a polycaprolactone monomethacrylate or the like having a terminal carboxyl group. The polymer compound of the present embodiment may contain only one type of copolymerization unit derived from a monomer having an acid group, or may contain two or more types. In the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain in the embodiment, the content of the copolymerization unit derived from the monomer having an acidic group is preferably 50 to -20 - 201038678 200 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 80. ~200 mg KOH / g. A more preferred range is from 100 to 180 mg KOH/g. In other words, the content of the copolymerization unit derived from the monomer having an acidic group is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of suppressing the formation of precipitates in the developing solution. When the acid value is 200 mgKOH/g or more, the aggregation between the acid groups becomes strong, and aggregation between the processed pigments occurs, and the dispersibility is deteriorated. In order to effectively suppress the formation of the secondary aggregates of the aggregates of the primary particles of the pigment or to effectively reduce the cohesive force of the secondary aggregates, the content of the copolymerization unit derived from the monomer having an acidic group is preferably the above. Range 〇. • A repeating unit composed of a vinyl monomer. The polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain of the present embodiment may further contain a copolymerizable vinyl monomer insofar as the effect is not impaired. The unit of aggregation. Here, the vinyl single system which can be used is not particularly limited 'for example, preferably (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diesters, fumaric acid diesters And itaconic acid diesters, (meth)acryloyl hydrazine® amines, vinyl ethers, vinyl alcohol esters, styrenes, (meth)acrylonitrile, and the like. Specific examples of such a vinyl monomer include, for example, the following compounds. In addition, when either or both of "acryloyl group and methacryloyl group" in the present specification is used, it is described as "(meth)acryl fluorenyl group". Examples of the (meth) acrylates include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. Base) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth-21-201038678), n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) Tributylcyclohexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, third octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate, Ethyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 2 -ethoxyethyl ester, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate Ester, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, triethyl (meth)acrylate Glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, Β-phenoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentene (meth)acrylate Oxyethyl ester, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) Tribromophenyl acrylate, tribromophenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Examples of the crotonate include butyl crotonate and crotonate. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, ethyl acetonate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl methoxy acetate, and vinyl benzoate. Examples of the maleic acid diesters include dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate and dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diesters include dimethyl fumarate, fumar-22-201038678 diethyl acid, and dibutyl fumarate. Examples of the itonic acid diesters include dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, and dibutyl itaconate. Examples of the (meth) acrylamide include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, and N-propyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl propylene decyl (methyl) decylamine, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N -cyclohexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(meth) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl decyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N- Diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene hydrazino, diacetone acrylamide Wait. Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methylstyrene 'dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, butylstyrene, and hydroxystyrene. Methoxystyrene, butoxyphenyrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, a group deprotectable by an acidic substance (eg t-Boc, etc.) Protected hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoate, and α-methyl styrene. • The preferred molecular weight of the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain in the present embodiment, such as a molecular weight, is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight (MW), and is calculated by number average molecular weight (Μη). Good range of 3-4 - 201038678 for 400~50,000. The range of 5,000 to 50,000 is more preferably 5,000 to 50,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight (Mw), and is in the range of 2,000 to 3,000 in terms of number average molecular weight (??). In particular, it is preferably in the range of 8,000 to 3,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight (Mw), and preferably in the range of 4,000 to 12,000 in terms of number average molecular weight (?η). In other words, from the viewpoint of effectively suppressing the formation of the secondary aggregates of the aggregates of the primary particles of the pigment or effectively reducing the cohesive force of the secondary aggregates, the present embodiment has a heterocyclic ring in the side chain. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer compound is preferably 1,000 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the development of the color filter from the photocurable composition containing the pigment-dispersed composition, the mass average of the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain of the present embodiment is average. The molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 1,000,000 or less. In the pigment dispersion composition of the present embodiment, the content of the polymer compound having a hetero ring is preferably a polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain of the pigment in a mass ratio = 1:0.01 to 1:2. It is preferably 1:0.05 to 1:1, particularly preferably 1:0.1 to 1:0.66. The polymer compound having a hetero ring, for example, a monomer represented by the formula (1) or a polymerizable oligo The polymer (macromonomer) and other radically polymerizable compound as a copolymerization component are produced by a usual radical polymerization method. Generally, a suspension polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, or the like is used. Examples of the solvent used in the synthesis of such a polymer include dichloroethane, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol 'propanol, butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether. , ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, hydrazine, hydrazine dimethyl -24 - 201038678 Formamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl amide, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, etc. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. At the time of the radical polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator can be used, and a chain transfer agent (e.g., 2-mercaptoethanol and dodecylmercaptan) can be further used. [Polymer Compound B] The composition-dispersing unit represented by the formula (I) or (II) preferably contains the pigment-dispersed composition of the present invention or any one of the following formulas (I) and (II). A polymer compound (hereinafter also referred to as "specific polymer") of at least one repeating unit selected in the repeating unit shown. R1 R3 R4 R6

• R1 〜R6 上述通式(I)及(Π)中,R1〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子 或1價有機基,X1及X2各自獨立地表示-(:0-、-(:( = 0)0-、-CONH-、-〇C( = 0)-或伸苯基,L1及L2各自獨立地表示 單鍵或2價有機連結基,A1及A2各自獨立地表示1價有 機基,m及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數,p及q各自獨 立地表示1〜100的整數。 R1〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。作爲1 價有機基’較佳爲取代或無取代的烷基。作爲烷基,較佳 爲碳數1〜12的院基,更佳爲碳數1〜8的烷基,特佳爲 201038678 碳數1〜4的烷基。 當烷基具有取代基時’作爲該取代基,例如可舉出羥 基、烷氧基(較佳爲碳數1〜5’更佳爲碳數1〜3)甲氧基、 乙氧基、環己氧基等。 作爲較佳的烷基,具體地例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙 基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、正己基、環己基、2-徑 乙基、3·羥丙基、2_羥丙基、2 -甲氧基乙基。 作爲R1、R2、R4及R5,較佳爲氫原子,作爲R3及R6 ,從對顏料表面的吸附效率之點來看,最佳爲氫原子或甲 基。 • χΐ 及 X2 X1 及 X 各自獨 ϋ地表不-CO-、_c( = 〇)〇-、-CONH-、_ o C(=0)-或伸苯基。其中’從對顏料的吸附性之觀點來看 ,較佳爲-c( = 0)0-、-CONH-、伸苯基,最佳爲_C( = 0)0_。 • L1 及 L2 L1及L2各自獨立地表示單鍵或2價有機連結基。作爲 2價有機連結基,較佳爲取代或無取代的伸烷基、或由該 伸烷基與雜原子或含雜原子的部分構造所成的2價有機連 結基。此處’作爲伸烷基,較佳爲碳數1〜12的伸烷基, 更佳爲碳數1〜8的伸烷基’特佳爲碳數1〜4的伸烷基。 又,作爲含雜原子的部分構造中之雜原子,例如可舉出氧 原子、氮原子、硫原子,其中較佳爲氧原子、氮原子。 作爲較佳的伸烷基,具體地例如可舉出亞甲基、伸乙 基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基。 -26 - 201038678 當伸院基具有取代基時’作爲該取代基’例如可舉出 羥基等。 作爲2價有機連結基’從對顏料的吸附性之點來看, 較佳爲於上述伸烷基的末端,具有由<( = 0)-、-0C( = 0:)_ 、-NHC( = 0)-所選出的具有雜原子或含雜原子的部分構造 ,經由該雜原子或含雜原子的部分構造,而與鄰接的氧原 子連結者。此處,鄰接的氧原子係意味相對於通式(I)中的 L1及通式(II)中的L2而言,在側鏈末端側所鍵結的氧原子 〇 。 •八1及A2 A1及A2各自獨立地表示1價有機基。作爲1價有機基 ’較佳爲取代或非取代的烷基、或取代或非取代的芳基。 作爲較佳的烷基之例,可舉出碳原子數從1到20爲止 的直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀的烷基,作爲其具體例,可舉出 甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬 基、癸基、十一基、十二基、十三基、十六基、十八基、 ◎ 一 —十基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異戊基 、新戊基、1-甲基丁基、異己基、2_乙基己基、2_甲基己 基、環己基、環戊基、2-原冰片基。 作爲可進行取代的取代基,從分散安定性之點來看, 較佳爲焼氧基 '芳氧基、院硫基、芳硫基、Ν,Ν-二院基胺 基、Ν,Ν·一方基胺基、Ν_烷基芳基胺基、醯氣基、芳 基、雜芳基、烯基、炔基、矽烷基。此等就以下的芳基而 言亦同樣。 -27 - 201038678 作爲芳基的具體例,可舉出苯基、聯苯基、萘基、甲 苯基、二甲苯基、采基、異丙苯基、氯苯基、溴苯基、氯 甲基苯基、羥基苯基、甲氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、苯氧基 苯基、乙醯氧基苯基、苯甲醯氧基苯基、甲基硫苯基、苯 基硫苯基、甲基胺基苯基、二甲基胺基苯基、乙醯基胺基 苯基、羧基苯基、甲氧羰基苯基、乙氧基苯基羰基、苯氧 羰基苯基、N-苯基胺甲醯基苯基、苯基、氰基苯基、磺苯 基、磺酸基苯基、膦醯苯基、膦酸基苯基等。 作爲A1及A2 ’從分散安定性、顯像性之點來看’較佳 爲碳原子數1〜20的直鏈狀、碳原子數3〜20的支鏈狀、 或碳原子數5〜20的環狀之烷基。尤佳爲碳原子數4〜15 的直鏈狀、碳原子數4〜15的支鏈狀、或碳原子數6〜1〇 的環狀之烷基。更佳爲碳原子數6〜10的直鏈狀或碳原子 數6〜12的支鏈狀之烷基。 m及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數。從分散安定性、 顯像性之點來看,較佳爲4〜6,最佳爲5。 • p、q p及q各自獨立地表示1〜100的整數。不同的P者、 不同的q者亦可以2種以上混合。從分散安定性、顯像性 之點來看,P及q較佳爲5〜60 ’尤佳爲5〜40 ’更佳爲5 〜2 0。 作爲本實施態樣中的特定聚合物’從分散安定性之點 來看’較佳爲含有前述通式(I)所示的重複單位。 -28 - 201038678 • 通式(1)-2所示的構成重複單位 又,作爲通式(I)所示的重複單位,更佳爲下述通式(I)-2所示的重複單位。• R1 to R6 In the above formulae (I) and (Π), R1 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and X1 and X2 each independently represent -(:0-, -(:( = 0) ) 0-, -CONH-, -〇C(= 0)- or a phenyl group, and L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group, and A1 and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, m And η each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8, and p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100. R1 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Preferably, the monovalent organic group is substituted. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 in 201038678. When the substituent has a substituent, the hydroxyl group, the alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5', more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3), a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a cyclohexyloxy group. Specific examples of the preferred alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a n-hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 2-diaperyl group, and the like. 3. Hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-methoxy Ethyl. R1, R2, R4 and R5 are preferably a hydrogen atom, and R3 and R6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group from the viewpoint of adsorption efficiency on the surface of the pigment. • χΐ and X2 X1 and X each independently represents -CO-, _c( = 〇)〇-, -CONH-, _ o C(=0)- or phenyl group. Among them, 'from the viewpoint of adsorption to pigments, it is preferred -c( = 0)0-, -CONH-, phenyl, most preferably _C( = 0)0_. • L1 and L2 L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linker. a divalent organic linking group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, or a divalent organic linking group formed by the alkylene group and a hetero atom or a hetero atom-containing moiety. Preferably, it is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 and particularly preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4. Further, as a hetero atom-containing partial structure Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom. Among them, an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom are preferred. Preferred examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethyl group and a stretching group. Propyl, trimethylene Tetramethylene. -26 - 201038678 When the substituent has a substituent, the term "as a substituent" is, for example, a hydroxyl group. The divalent organic linking group is preferred from the viewpoint of adsorption to a pigment. For the terminal end of the above alkyl group, having a hetero atom or a hetero atom-containing moiety selected by <(=0)-, -0C(=0:)_, -NHC(=0)-, via The hetero atom or the hetero atom-containing portion is constructed to be bonded to an adjacent oxygen atom. Here, the adjacent oxygen atom means an oxygen atom 键 bonded to the terminal side of the side chain with respect to L1 in the formula (I) and L2 in the formula (II). • VIII and A2 A1 and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group ' is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Examples of preferred alkyl groups include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group, and ethyl group. Base, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, eleven, taudecyl, thirteenyl, hexadecanyl, octadecyl, ◎-1-decyl, isopropyl Base, isobutyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-methylbutyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclohexyl, ring Amyl, 2-originyl base. As the substituent which can be substituted, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, a decyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an anthracene group, a fluorene-di-anthracene group, an anthracene group, and an anthracene group are preferred. A arylamino group, a hydrazine-alkylarylamino group, a fluorenyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a decyl group. These are the same for the following aryl groups. -27 - 201038678 Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a decyl group, a cumyl group, a chlorophenyl group, a bromophenyl group, and a chloromethyl group. Phenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, phenoxyphenyl, ethoxylated phenyl, benzamidine phenyl, methylthiophenyl, phenylthiobenzene Base, methylaminophenyl, dimethylaminophenyl, ethoxymethylaminophenyl, carboxyphenyl, methoxycarbonylphenyl, ethoxyphenylcarbonyl, phenoxycarbonylphenyl, N- Phenylamine, mercaptophenyl, phenyl, cyanophenyl, sulfophenyl, sulfophenyl, phosphonium phenyl, phosphonic phenyl, and the like. As A1 and A2', from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and development, it is preferably a linear chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched chain having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Cyclic alkyl group. More preferably, it is a linear chain having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched chain having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a linear chain having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. m and η each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and development, it is preferably 4 to 6, and most preferably 5. • p, q p and q each independently represent an integer from 1 to 100. Different Ps and different qs may be mixed in two or more types. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and development, P and q are preferably 5 to 60 Å, particularly preferably 5 to 40 Å, more preferably 5 to 2 0. The specific polymer ' in the present embodiment is preferably a repeating unit represented by the above formula (I) from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. -28 - 201038678 • The repeating unit represented by the formula (1)-2. Further, the repeating unit represented by the formula (I) is more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I)-2.

Rl R3Rl R3

C-c)· (1)-2C-c)· (1)-2

R2 I 0=C / \ 0-La~Lb-4〇-CmH2firC4-〇-A1 \ 〇/p ❹ 上述通式(1)-2中,R1〜R3各自獨立地表示氫原子或1 價有機基,La表示碳數2〜10的伸烷基,Lb表示-(:(=0)-或-NHC ( = 0)-,A1表示1價有機基,m表示2〜8的整數, p表示1〜100的整數。 . 通式U)、(Π)或(i)-2所示的構成重複單位 通式(I)、(Π)或(1)-2所示的重複單位係各自可藉由將 下述通式(0、(Π)、或(i)-2所示的單體聚合或共聚合,當 作高分子化合物的重複單位導入。 〇 -29 - 201038678R2 I 0=C / \ 0-La~Lb-4〇-CmH2firC4-〇-A1 \〇/p ❹ In the above formula (1)-2, R1 to R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. , La represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 10, Lb represents -(:(=0)- or -NHC(=0)-, A1 represents a monovalent organic group, m represents an integer of 2 to 8, and p represents 1 An integer of ~100. The composition unit represented by the formula U), (Π) or (i)-2 may be a repeat unit of the formula (I), (Π) or (1)-2. The monomer represented by the following formula (0, (Π), or (i)-2 is polymerized or copolymerized, and is introduced as a repeating unit of the polymer compound. 〇-29 - 201038678

R4 R6 C~C (ii)R4 R6 C~C (ii)

\ O\ O

O-A2O-A2

R1 R3 C=CR1 R3 C=C

r2I o=c I 0 一 La—Lbr2I o=c I 0 a La-Lb

上述通式(i)、(ii)及(i)-2中,R1〜R6各自獨立地表示 氫原子或1價有機基,X1及X2各自獨立地表示-c〇-、-C( = 0)0-、-C〇NH-、-0C( = 0) -或伸苯基,L1 及 L2 各自獨 立地表示單鍵或2價有機連結基,La表示碳數2〜10的伸 烷基,Lb表示-C( = 0)-或-NHC( = 0)-,A1及A2各自獨立地 表示1價有機基’ m及η各自獨立地表不2〜8的整數’ p 及q各自獨立地表示1〜1〇〇的整數。 • 作爲上述構成重複單位所例示的單體 以下舉出通式(i)、(ii)或(i)-2所示的單體之較佳具體例 [單體(A-1)〜(A-23)],惟本發明不受此等所限制。 -30 - 201038678In the above formulae (i), (ii) and (i)-2, R1 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and X1 and X2 each independently represent -c〇-, -C(=0). ) 0-, -C〇NH-, -0C( = 0) - or a phenyl group, L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group, and La represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 10, Lb represents -C(=0)- or -NHC(=0)-, and A1 and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group 'm and η each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8', p and q are each independently represented An integer from 1 to 1〇〇. • Preferred examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (i), (ii) or (i)-2 as the monomer exemplified as the above-mentioned constituent repeating unit [monomer (A-1) to (A) -23)], but the invention is not limited by these. -30 - 201038678

^~〇-C2H4-N-C^〇-C5H10—C-^r—0-nC15H3i (A-1)^~〇-C2H4-N-C^〇-C5H10—C-^r—0-nC15H3i (A-1)

O-CzH^N-C-f-O-CsHio—C-h-0-nC8H17 (A-2) ^ H 6 V 0;10O-CzH^N-C-f-O-CsHio-C-h-0-nC8H17 (A-2) ^ H 6 V 0;10

Ο 〇-C2H4-N-C-^·〇_Ο5Η10·—C-j—〇-η〇4Η9 (A-3) ❹Ο 〇-C2H4-N-C-^·〇_Ο5Η10·—C-j—〇-η〇4Η9 (A-3) ❹

.,〇-〇2Η4-Ν-〇-γ-〇-〇5Η10—c-j —3 (A-4) 〇 H 〇 \ O/10 CH3.〇〇2Η4-Ν-〇-γ-〇-〇5Η10—c-j —3 (A-4) 〇 H 〇 \ O/10 CH3

。,O-C2H4-N;—^O_C5H10— CH3 (A_5). , O-C2H4-N;—^O_C5H10—CH3 (A_5)

O (A-6) 〇-C2H4-N-C-f〇-C5H1(r-i^—O〜 H 〇 V O/10 CH3 ch3O (A-6) 〇-C2H4-N-C-f〇-C5H1(r-i^—O~ H 〇 V O/10 CH3 ch3

-31 - 201038678-31 - 201038678

〇-C2H4-N-C-h〇-C5H10—C- H 〇〇-C2H4-N-C-h〇-C5H10-C- H 〇

O •Ο (A-8)O •Ο (A-8)

H〇H〇

(A-9)(A-9)

OO

o-c2H4-n-c-y〇-c5h10—C~jO-C2H4—、(A-10)o-c2H4-n-c-y〇-c5h10—C~jO-C2H4—, (A-10)

〇-〇2Η4-Η〇-〇5Η10—04—〇-nCaH17 (A-12) 〇 \ 0/10〇-〇2Η4-Η〇-〇5Η10—04—〇-nCaH17 (A-12) 〇 \ 0/10

〇-C2H4-C 十 〇-C5H10—C 十-0-nCaH17 (A-13) 〇 ό V 0/10〇-C2H4-C 十〇-C5H10—C 十-0-nCaH17 (A-13) 〇 ό V 0/10

〇-〇5Η10-—CH一〇-nC8H17 (A-14) 〇 \ O/10 -32 - 201038678〇-〇5Η10-—CH〇—nC8H17 (A-14) 〇 \ O/10 -32 - 201038678

0-CH2"'C-CH2_f"0-C_C5Hi〇j-0~C-nC8Hi7 (A-15) 0 OH \ O /10 O y-〇-C2H4-f〇-C-C5H104-〇-C-nC8H17 (A-16) d \ 〇 /ίο 60-CH2"'C-CH2_f"0-C_C5Hi〇j-0~C-nC8Hi7 (A-15) 0 OH \ O /10 O y-〇-C2H4-f〇-C-C5H104-〇-C-nC8H17 (A-16) d \ 〇/ίο 6

O -〇-C2H4_N-c 十 0_〇5· σ η όO -〇-C2H4_N-c 十 0_〇5· σ η ό

Hio-cVo^Y^^CH, 〇/60 k〇H3 (Α-17)Hio-cVo^Y^^CH, 〇/60 k〇H3 (Α-17)

〇-C2H4~N--C~~^0-C5Hi〇—* 〇η3 θ CHq. (Α-18)〇-C2H4~N--C~~^0-C5Hi〇—* 〇η3 θ CHq. (Α-18)

o-c2h4-n-c—^ο-ο5η10^-ο- 〇 Η ο \ 0/2O-c2h4-n-c-^ο-ο5η10^-ο- 〇 Η ο \ 0/2

CH, CH, (Α-19) ❹CH, CH, (Α-19) ❹

.〇-C2H4-N5 十 0"C7H14—ζί- 0 Η ο \ Ο/10 、CH3 (Α-20) 'CH,.〇-C2H4-N5 十 0"C7H14—ζί- 0 Η ο \ Ο/10 , CH3 (Α-20) 'CH,

〇. -〇-〇2Η4—Ν-〇-γ〇-〇3Η6—C~j~Ο〇. -〇-〇2Η4—Ν-〇-γ〇-〇3Η6—C~j~Ο

CH, CH3 (Α-21) 201038678 L......V >-o-c2h4-n-c Ο Η ό -4-〇 CH3 丨乂0 οπ3CH, CH3 (Α-21) 201038678 L...V >-o-c2h4-n-c Ο Η ό -4-〇 CH3 丨乂0 οπ3

(Α-22)(Α-22)

〇~c5h10—〇~c5h10—

(Α-23) /1° ΧΗ 本實施態樣中的特定聚合物只要含有由通式(1)及(π)的 任一者所示之重複單位所選出的至少1種之重複單位即可 ,可僅含有1種,也可含有2種以上。 又’於特定聚合物中,通式(I)及(II)的任一者所示之重 複單位的含量係沒有特別的限制,以聚合物中所含有的全 部重複單位爲1 00質量%時,較佳爲含有5質量%以上的通 式(I)及(II)的任一者所示之重複單位,尤佳爲含有50質量 %,更佳爲含有5 0質量%〜8 0質量%。 • 共聚合成分 本實施態樣中的特定聚合物’以提高對顏料的吸附爲 目的,較佳爲共聚合有具有可吸附於顏料的官能基之單體 、與前述通式(i)、(ii)、(i)-2所示的單體之高分子化合物 。作爲具有能吸附於顏料的官能基之單體,具體地可舉出 上述特定高分子化合物A所列舉的具有雜環構造之單體、 具有酸性基的單體。或者,可舉出後述的具有鹽基性氮原 子的單體等、具有離子性基的單體等。其中,從對顏料的 吸附力之點來看’較佳爲具有有機色素構造或雜環構造的 單體 -34 - 201038678 • 具有鹼性氮原子的單體等所成的構成重複單位 本實施形態中亦可含有具有鹼性氮原子的單體所成的 構成重複單位。作爲具體例,(甲基)丙烯酸酯可舉出(甲基) 丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基).丙烯酸ν,Ν-二甲基胺 基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1·(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)-1,1-二甲基甲 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν-二異丙基胺基乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸.Ν,Ν-二正丁基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 〇 Ν,Ν-二異丁基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸嗎啉基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸哌啶基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-吡咯啶基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸Ν,Ν·甲基-2-吡咯啶基胺基乙酯及(甲基)丙烯酸 Ν,Ν-甲基苯基胺基乙酯等,(甲基)丙烯醯胺類可舉出Ν-(Ν’,Ν’_二甲基胺乙基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二甲基胺乙基) 甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二乙基胺乙基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二乙基胺乙基)甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二甲基胺 丙基)丙烯醯胺、1^-(1^’,:^’-二甲基胺丙基)甲基丙烯醯胺、 〇 W Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二乙基胺丙基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-(Ν’,Ν’-二乙基胺丙 基)甲基丙烯醯胺、2-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)乙基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、2-(Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基)乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-(Ν,Ν-二 乙基胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-(Ν,Ν·二甲基胺基)丙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、1-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)-1,卜二甲基甲基(甲 基)丙烯醯胺及6-(Ν,Ν·二乙基胺基)己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 嗎啉基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、哌啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等,苯乙烯類可舉出Ν,Ν-二甲 -35 - 201038678 基胺基苯乙烯、N,N-二甲基胺基甲基苯乙烯等。 又,亦可使用具有脲基、胺甲酸酯基、配位性氧原子 的碳數4以上之具有烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰 酸酯基、羥基之單體。具體地,例如可舉出以下構造的單 體(Α-23) /1° 特定 The specific polymer in the present embodiment may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating units shown by any one of the general formulae (1) and (π). It may contain only one type or two or more types. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by any one of the general formulae (I) and (II) is not particularly limited, and the total repeating unit contained in the polymer is 100% by mass. It is preferable to contain 5% by mass or more of the repeating unit represented by any one of the formulae (I) and (II), and more preferably 50% by mass, more preferably 50% by mass to 80% by mass. . • Copolymerizing component The specific polymer in the present embodiment is intended to enhance the adsorption of the pigment, and is preferably a monomer having a functional group capable of adsorbing to the pigment, and the above formula (i), Ii), a polymer compound of the monomer represented by (i)-2. Specific examples of the monomer having a functional group capable of being adsorbed to the pigment include a monomer having a heterocyclic structure and a monomer having an acidic group as exemplified above. Alternatively, a monomer having an ionic group, such as a monomer having a salt-based nitrogen atom, which will be described later, may be mentioned. In the above, from the viewpoint of the adsorption power to the pigment, it is preferable that the monomer having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure is -34 - 201038678 - a repeating unit composed of a monomer having a basic nitrogen atom or the like. It may also contain a constituent repeating unit of a monomer having a basic nitrogen atom. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate include N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid ν, Ν-dimethylaminopropyl ester, (A) Acrylic acid 1·(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylmethyl ester, bismuth (meth)acrylate, fluorene-dimethylaminohexyl acrylate, bismuth (meth)acrylate , Ν-diethylaminoethyl ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate, hydrazine-diisopropylaminoethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid, hydrazine, hydrazine-di-n-butylaminoethyl ester, (A) Ethylene acrylate, hydrazine-diisobutylaminoethyl ester, morpholinyl (meth) acrylate, piperidyl ethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-pyrrolidyl (meth) acrylate Ester, bismuth (meth) acrylate, hydrazine methyl 2-pyrrolidylaminoethyl ester and hydrazine (meth) acrylate, hydrazine-methylphenylaminoethyl ester, etc., (meth) acrylamide The class may be Ν-(Ν', Ν'_dimethylaminoethyl) acrylamide, Ν-(Ν', Ν'-dimethylaminoethyl) methacrylamide, Ν-(Ν ',Ν'-Diethylaminoethyl) acrylamide, Ν-(Ν',Ν'-diethylamine B ) methacrylamide, Ν-(Ν', Ν'-dimethylaminopropyl) acrylamide, 1^-(1^', :^'-dimethylaminopropyl)methacryl oxime Amine, 〇W Ν-(Ν', Ν'-diethylaminopropyl) acrylamide, Ν-(Ν', Ν'-diethylaminopropyl) methacrylamide, 2-(Ν , Ν-dimethylamino)ethyl (meth) acrylamide, 2-(Ν, Ν-diethylamino)ethyl (meth) acrylamide, 3-(Ν, Ν-二Ethylamino)propyl(meth)acrylamide, 3-(anthracene, dimethylamino)propyl (meth) acrylamide, 1-(anthracene, fluorenyl-dimethylamino -1, bismethylmethyl (meth) acrylamide and 6-(Ν, Ν·diethylamino)hexyl (meth) acrylamide, morpholinyl (meth) acrylamide , piperidinyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl (meth) acrylamide, etc., styrenes may be Ν, Ν-dimethyl-35 - 201038678 amino group Styrene, N,N-dimethylaminomethylstyrene, and the like. Further, a monomer having a hydrocarbon group of 4 or more and having a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group having a ureido group, a urethane group or a coordinating oxygen atom can also be used. Specifically, for example, a single body of the following configuration can be cited

, OH, OH

ο Ν-1 0 och3 甲-0CH3 〇 〇CH3 N- 11ο Ν-1 0 och3 A-0CH3 〇 〇CH3 N- 11

具有離子性基的單體所成的構成重複單位 -36 - 201038678 作爲具有離子性基的單體,可舉出具有離子性基的乙 烯基單體(陰離子性乙烯基單體、陽離子性乙烯基單體)。 作爲其例,陰離子性乙烯基單體可舉出具有前述酸性基的 乙烯基單體之鹼金屬鹽、或與有機胺(例如三乙胺、二甲基 胺基乙醇等的3級胺)之鹽等,陽離子性乙烯基單體可舉出 以烷基鹵(烷基:C1〜18、鹵素原子:氯原子、溴原子或 碘原子)、苄基氯、苄基溴化等的苄基鹵、甲磺酸等的烷基 磺酸酯(烷基:C1〜18);苯磺酸、甲苯磺酸等的芳基磺酸 ^ 烷基酯(烷基:Cl〜18);硫酸二烷酯(烷基:Cl〜4)等將前 述含氮乙烯基單體4級化者、二烷基二烯丙基銨鹽等。 具有可吸附於顏料的官能基之單體,係可按照所分散 的顏料之種類來適宜選擇,此等可單獨使用,也可倂用2 種以上。 • 分子量等 本實施態樣的在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物之較佳 分子量,以質量平均分子量(Mw)計較佳爲 1,000〜100,000 0 的範圍,以數量平均分子量(Mil)計較佳爲400〜50,000的 範圍。以質量平均分子量(Mw)計更佳爲5,000〜50,000的 範圍,以數量平均分子量(Μη)計更佳爲2,000〜3 0,000的 範圍。特別地,以質量平均分子量(Mw)計最佳爲8,000〜 30,000的範圍,以數量平均分子量(Μη)計最佳爲4,000〜 1 2,000的範圍。 即,從爲了有效地解開顏料的1次粒子之凝聚體的2 次凝聚體,或有效地減弱再凝聚之觀點來看’特定聚合物 -37 - 201038678 _ 的質量平均分子量(Mw)較佳爲1000以上。又,從由含有 顏料分散組成物的著色感光性組成物製造彩色濾光片之際 的顯像性之觀點來看,特定聚合物的質量平均分子量(Mw) 較佳爲30000以下。 本實施態樣中的特定聚合物’例如係可使用下述通式⑴ 、(11)或(ι)-2所示的單體、與當作共聚合成分的其它自由 基聚合性化合物(如前述的各種單體),藉由通常的自由基 聚合法來製造。一般地’使用懸浮聚合法或溶液聚合法等 。作爲合成如此的特定聚合物之際所用的溶劑,例如可舉 出二氯乙烷、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇、 丙醇、丁醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、2_甲氧 基乙基醋酸醋、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1_甲氧基-2-丙基醋酸酯 、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N_二甲基乙醯胺、二甲亞碾、甲 苯、醋酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等。此等溶劑可爲單 獨或以2種以上混合。再者,於自由基聚合之際,可使用 自由基聚合引發劑’而且更可使用鏈轉移劑(例如2_锍基 乙醇及十二基硫醇)。 本實施態樣的顔料分散組成物中,特定聚合物的含量 以質量比計較佳爲顏料:特定聚合物=i : . i〜丨:2,尤佳爲 1:0.2 〜1:1’ 更佳爲 1:〇4 〜1:0.7。 又’於不損害本實施態樣的效果之範圍內,按照需要 ’除了上述特定的共聚物,亦可同時使用其它高分子化合 物。作爲其它高分子化合物,可使用天然樹脂、改性天然 樹脂 '合成樹脂、經天然樹脂改性的合成樹脂等。作爲天 -38 - 201038678 然樹脂’松香係代表,作爲改性天然樹脂,可舉出松香衍 生物、纖維素衍生物、橡膠衍生物、蛋白質衍生物及此等 的寡聚物。作爲合成樹脂,可舉出環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂 、馬來酸樹脂、縮丁醛樹脂、聚酯樹脂、蜜胺樹脂、酚樹 脂'聚胺甲酸酯樹脂等。作爲經天然樹脂改性的合成樹脂 ’可舉出松香改性馬來酸樹脂、松香改性酚樹脂等。作爲 合成樹脂’可舉出聚醯胺胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分 子量不飽和酸酯、聚胺甲酸酯、聚酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物。 [高分子化合物C] 本實施態樣的高分子化合物較佳爲在主鏈具有丙烯酸 ,丙烯酸的含量爲5〜30質量%,質量平均分子量1,000〜 1 00,000的範圍之接枝型高分子化合物。 關於特定接枝聚合物,在主鏈亦可含有丙烯酸基。又 ,在分枝部中亦可更含有丙烯酸基。特定接枝聚合物的合 成方法,係如新高分子實驗學第2卷(共立出版,1 995年) 等所示地,作爲一般的方法,可使用(1)由主鏈高分子使分 枝單體聚合的方法,(2)使分枝高分子結合於主鏈高分子的 方法,(3)使主鏈單體與分枝高分子共聚合的方法等。即, 特定接枝聚合物較佳爲使丙烯酸與聚合性寡聚物(以下稱爲 大分子單體)和其它可共聚合的單體進行共聚合而得者。 從分散性的觀點來看,丙烯酸的導入量較佳爲5〜30 質量%。若比3 0質量%還多,則由於被共聚合的大分子單 體量變成相對地少’立體排斥鏈沒有貢獻’得不到充分的 -39 - 201038678 分散安定性。另一方面,若爲5質量%以下,則得不到作 爲高分子化合物全體的充分柔軟性,難以得到分散安定性 、顯像性的良化效果。再者,丙烯酸的導入量雖然亦依賴 於大分子單體的種類或分子量等,但較佳爲10〜30質量% ,最佳爲10〜25質量%。 [高分子化合物D] •通式(31)或(3 2)所示的構成重複單位 本實施態樣的高分子化合物較佳爲具有由下述通式(31) 及(32)所選出的重複單位,更佳爲含有5〜100質量%的該 重複單位,較佳爲質量平均分子量1,000〜1〇〇,〇〇〇的高分 子化合物。 通式(3 1) -Q^Q^Z- 此處,Q1 表示- (C = 0)-或- S02-,Q2 表示-NH-或- CHRU_ ’ z表示-(c = 〇)-R_12-或-S〇2-R12-。R11表示氫原子、鹵素 原子、氤基或烷基,R12表示伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸芳基 。又,R11與R12亦可互相經由連結基來連結。 通式(32)Composition repeating unit of the monomer having an ionic group -36 - 201038678 As the monomer having an ionic group, a vinyl monomer having an ionic group (an anionic vinyl monomer or a cationic vinyl group) is exemplified. monomer). As an example of the anionic vinyl monomer, an alkali metal salt of a vinyl monomer having the above acidic group or an organic amine (for example, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or dimethylaminoethanol) may be mentioned. Examples of the salt-based vinyl monomer include a benzyl halide such as an alkyl halide (alkyl group: C1 to 18, a halogen atom: a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom), a benzyl chloride or a benzyl bromide. , alkyl sulfonate of methanesulfonic acid, etc. (alkyl: C1~18); aryl sulfonic acid alkyl ester of benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, etc. (alkyl: Cl~18); dialkyl sulfate (Alkyl: Cl~4), etc., wherein the nitrogen-containing vinyl monomer is substituted, a dialkyl diallyl ammonium salt or the like. The monomer having a functional group which can be adsorbed to the pigment can be appropriately selected depending on the type of the pigment to be dispersed, and these may be used singly or in combination of two or more. • The preferred molecular weight of the polymer compound having a hetero ring in the side chain of the present embodiment, such as a molecular weight, is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000 0 in terms of mass average molecular weight (Mw), and is calculated by number average molecular weight (Mil). Good for the range of 400 to 50,000. It is more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 50,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight (Mw), and more preferably in the range of 2,000 to 3,000 in terms of number average molecular weight (??). In particular, it is preferably in the range of 8,000 to 30,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight (Mw), and preferably in the range of 4,000 to 12,000 in terms of number average molecular weight (??). That is, the mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer -37 - 201038678 _ is preferable from the viewpoint of effectively decomposing the secondary aggregate of the aggregate of the primary particles of the pigment or effectively weakening the recondensation. It is 1000 or more. In addition, the mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific polymer is preferably 30,000 or less from the viewpoint of the development of the color filter from the coloring photosensitive composition containing the pigment-dispersed composition. The specific polymer in the present embodiment can be, for example, a monomer represented by the following formula (1), (11) or (I)-2, and another radical polymerizable compound as a copolymerization component (e.g., The various monomers described above are produced by a usual radical polymerization method. Generally, a suspension polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, or the like is used. Examples of the solvent used in the synthesis of such a specific polymer include dichloroethane, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and ethylene glycol monomethyl. Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate vinegar, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N, N-dimethyl Mercaptoamine, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl amide, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and the like. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Further, in the case of radical polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator can be used, and a chain transfer agent (e.g., 2 - mercaptoethanol and dodecyl mercaptan) can be further used. In the pigment dispersion composition of the present embodiment, the content of the specific polymer is preferably a pigment by mass ratio: specific polymer = i: . i ~ 丨: 2, particularly preferably 1: 0.2 1:1 1:1 For 1: 〇 4 ~1:0.7. Further, in the range which does not impair the effects of the present embodiment, other polymer compounds may be used in addition to the above specific copolymer as needed. As the other polymer compound, a natural resin, a modified natural resin 'synthetic resin, a synthetic resin modified with a natural resin, or the like can be used. As a modified natural resin, rosin derivatives, cellulose derivatives, rubber derivatives, protein derivatives, and oligomers thereof are exemplified as the rosin-based resin. Examples of the synthetic resin include an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, a maleic acid resin, a butyral resin, a polyester resin, a melamine resin, and a phenol resin 'polyurethane resin. Examples of the synthetic resin modified with a natural resin include a rosin-modified maleic acid resin and a rosin-modified phenol resin. Examples of the synthetic resin include polyamidoamine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, a polyurethane, a polyester, a poly(meth)acrylate, and a (meth) group. Acrylic copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate. [Polymer compound C] The polymer compound of the present embodiment preferably has a graft type polymer compound having a content of acrylic acid in the main chain of 5 to 30% by mass and a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 to 1,000,000. Regarding the specific graft polymer, an acrylic group may also be contained in the main chain. Further, an acrylic group may be further contained in the branch portion. A method for synthesizing a specific graft polymer is shown in, for example, New Polymer Experiments Volume 2 (Kyoritsu Publishing, 1995), and as a general method, (1) a branching single molecule can be used. The method of bulk polymerization, (2) a method of binding a branched polymer to a main chain polymer, and (3) a method of copolymerizing a main chain monomer and a branched polymer. That is, the specific graft polymer is preferably obtained by copolymerizing acrylic acid with a polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as a macromonomer) and other copolymerizable monomers. The amount of introduction of acrylic acid is preferably from 5 to 30% by mass from the viewpoint of dispersibility. If it is more than 30% by mass, the amount of the macromonomer to be copolymerized becomes relatively small, and the steric repulsion chain does not contribute 'there is insufficient -39 - 201038678 dispersion stability. On the other hand, when it is 5% by mass or less, sufficient flexibility as a polymer compound is not obtained, and it is difficult to obtain a dispersion effect of dispersibility stability and development. Further, the amount of introduction of acrylic acid is preferably from 10 to 30% by mass, and most preferably from 10 to 25% by mass, depending on the type or molecular weight of the macromonomer. [Polymer Compound D] • The constituent unit represented by the formula (31) or (3 2) is preferably a polymer compound selected from the following formulas (31) and (32). The repeating unit is more preferably a polymer compound containing 5 to 100% by mass of the repeating unit, preferably a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 to 1 Torr. General formula (3 1) -Q^Q^Z- where Q1 represents - (C = 0)- or - S02-, Q2 represents -NH- or - CHRU_ 'z represents -(c = 〇)-R_12- Or -S〇2-R12-. R11 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a fluorenyl group or an alkyl group, and R12 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkyl group or an extended aryl group. Further, R11 and R12 may be linked to each other via a linking group. General formula (32)

-Rf-OH 此處,Rf表示由至少1個氟原子所取代的伸烷基。 作爲通式(31)所示的部分構造(以下亦稱爲酸性基或酸 性基構造)之具體例,可舉出下述構造。 -40 - 201038678-Rf-OH Here, Rf represents an alkylene group substituted by at least one fluorine atom. Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the formula (31) (hereinafter also referred to as an acidic group or an acid group structure) include the following structures. -40 - 201038678

(1 -a)(1 -a)

(1 — b) (1 — c) ϋ-t- -P1- ^(1 — b) (1 — c) ϋ-t- -P1- ^

(1 — d) (1 — e) <1 — f) 作爲通式(32)所示的酸性基,例如可舉出-C(CF3)2OH 、-c(c2f5)2oh、-c(cf3)(ch3)oh、-ch(cf3)oh 等’較佳 爲-C(CF3)2OH 〇 此高分子化合物中所含有的通式(31)及通式(32)之酸性 基的量,係可按照所分散的顏料之種類來適宜調整。含有 0 酸性基的重複單位之量較佳爲5〜100質量%,尤佳爲1〇〜 80質量%,更佳爲 20〜60質量%。較佳酸價爲 30〜 3 OOmgKOH/g >更佳爲 50〜200mgKOH/g。酸價若低於 30mgKOH/g,貝IJ無法顯像,或發生顯像殘渣。酸價若超過 300mgKOH/g,則分散性安定性變差,或鹼顯像的速度變 過快,得不到恰當的顯像寬容度(latitude)。 酸價係以中和1克高分子化合物所需要的氫氧化鉀之 量(mg)的測定而得者。藉由調整單體所具有的酸性基之數 〇 、單體的分子量、單體的組成比等,以控制高分子化合物 所具有的酸性基之數,而可得到所欲的酸價之高分子化合 物。 高分子化合物較佳爲具體地藉由將下述通式(G-ι)〜(G-III)所示的單體聚合,而可導入通式(31)及(32)。(1 - d) (1 - e) <1 - f) Examples of the acidic group represented by the formula (32) include -C(CF3)2OH, -c(c2f5)2oh, -c(cf3 (ch3) oh, -ch(cf3)oh, etc., preferably -C(CF3)2OH, the amount of the acidic group of the formula (31) and the formula (32) contained in the polymer compound It can be suitably adjusted according to the kind of the pigment to be dispersed. The amount of the repeating unit containing 0 acidic group is preferably from 5 to 100% by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably from 20 to 60% by mass. The preferred acid value is 30 to 300 mgKOH/g > more preferably 50 to 200 mgKOH/g. If the acid value is less than 30 mgKOH/g, the shell IJ cannot be visualized, or a development residue may occur. When the acid value exceeds 300 mgKOH/g, the dispersibility stability is deteriorated, or the speed of alkali development becomes too fast, and an appropriate development latitude is not obtained. The acid value was obtained by measuring the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 gram of the polymer compound. The polymer having the desired acid value can be obtained by adjusting the number of acidic groups of the monomer, the molecular weight of the monomer, the composition ratio of the monomer, and the like to control the number of acidic groups of the polymer compound. Compound. The polymer compound is preferably introduced into the general formulae (31) and (32) by specifically polymerizing a monomer represented by the following formula (G-I) to (G-III).

(6-1) (G-l I) 201038678 通式(G-Ι)〜(G-ΙΙΙ)中,R3表示氫原子或甲基。s1表示 上述通式(1-a)〜(Ι-f)所示的連結基。R表示可有取代基的 烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rf表示至少經1個氟原子取代的伸 烷基。W2表示單鍵或由(6-1) (G-l I) 201038678 In the formula (G-Ι)~(G-ΙΙΙ), R3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. S1 represents a linking group represented by the above formula (1-a) to (Ι-f). R represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent. Rf represents an alkylene group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. W2 means single button or by

C— —CH=CH 〇 z3 —〇— —S— —COO— 一S〇2_ —C— —N— Z3 Z3C——CH=CH 〇 z3 —〇—S——COO—一S〇2_—C— —N— Z3 Z3

—OON~~ —SO2N— —NHOOO NHOONH (Zi'Z2表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳原子數1〜6的烷基' 氰基、羥基,Z3表示氫原子、碳原子數1〜18的烷基、碳 原子數6〜20的芳基)等的原子團所選出的單獨連結基或任 意的組合所構成的連結基。 通式(G-I)〜(G-III)更佳爲下述通式(G-IV)〜(G-VII)所示 的者—OON~~ —SO2N—NHOOO NHOONH (Zi'Z2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, and Z3 represents a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. A linking group composed of a single linking group or an arbitrary combination selected from atomic groups such as an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The general formulae (G-I) to (G-III) are more preferably those represented by the following general formulae (G-IV) to (G-VII).

(G-IV) R3(G-IV) R3

NH—S-R21 II ΟNH-S-R21 II Ο

(G-VIl) (G-VI) -42 - 201038678 (W1表示由伸烷基、烷氧基、酯所選出的單獨連 意的組合所構成的連結基。S1表示上述通式(1-a) 示的連結基。R21表示可有取代基的烷基、環烷 。R22表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳原子數1〜6的 氧基、氰基。R3表示氫原子或甲基。表示由至 原子所取代的伸烷基)° 以下顯示通式(G-HI)〜(G-VII)的具體例。R3 子或甲基。 〇 結基或任 〜(Ι-f)所 基或芳基 院基、院 少1個氟 表示氫原(G-VIl) (G-VI) -42 - 201038678 (W1 represents a linking group composed of a combination of individual alkyl groups selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an ester. S1 represents the above formula (1-a) R21 represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkane which may have a substituent. R22 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an oxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cyano group. R3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Specific examples of the general formula (G-HI) to (G-VII) are shown below. R3 or methyl. 〇 base or any ~(Ι-f) base or aryl base, less than one fluorine in the hospital

-43 - 201038678-43 - 201038678

本實施態樣的高分子化合物係可藉由將如前述的單體 聚合而合成,也可使前驅物的高分子化合物與具有酸性基 的低分子化合物反應而合成。 本實施態樣的高分子化合物更佳爲由嵌段型高分子、 接枝型高分子及末端改性型高分子所選出的至少一種。 -44 - 201038678 茲認爲本實施態樣的高分子化合物係在分散步驟中’ 具有吸附於顏料的表面,防止再凝聚的作用者。因此’本 實施態樣的高分子化合物可爲直鏈的無規共聚物’但可舉 出以效果更大的嵌段型高分子、接枝型高分子、末端改性 型高分子當作較佳的構造。 • 直鏈型無規共聚物 直鏈型無規共聚物係可藉由將上述通式(G-Ι)〜(G-III) 所示之含有酸性基的單體與其它可共聚合的單體,藉由自 〇 由基聚合等的任意聚合法來獲得。作爲其它可共聚合的單 體,在嵌段型高分子之項目下詳述,可任意地選擇1種以 上的(i)具有有機色素構造或雜環構造的單體、(ii)具有酸 性基的單體、(iii)具有鹼性氮原子的單體、(W)具有脲基、 胺甲酸酯基、配位性氧原子,碳數4以上的具有烴基、烷 氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基的單體,(v)含有 離子性官能基的單體、(vi)(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類 、乙烯酯類、馬來酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯 〇 y 類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、苯乙烯類、乙烯醚類、乙烯基酮 類、烯烴類、馬來醯亞胺類、(甲基)丙烯腈等的單體。較 佳爲含有由⑴至(iii)的單體群所選出的1種以上。 直鏈型無規共聚物的較佳質量平均分子量係沒有特別 的限制,較佳爲1,000〜100,000的範圍,更佳爲3,000〜 50,000的範圍。質量平均分子量若爲1,〇〇〇以上,則可更 有效地得到安定化效果,而且質量平均分子量若爲 100,000以下,則可更有效地吸附而發擇良好的分散性。 -45 - 201038678 • 嵌段型高分子 嵌段型高分子係沒有特別的限定,可舉出由顏料吸附 嵌段(a)、具有酸性基的嵌段(b)與不吸附於顏料的嵌段(c) 所成的嵌段型高分子。作爲構成顏料吸附嵌段U)的單體’ 並沒有特別的限制,例如合適地使用特定高分子化合物B 的共聚合成分中作爲顏料吸附性者所列舉者。又,具有酸 性基的嵌段(b)亦與特定高分子化合物A至B中所列舉者 同義。 具有可吸附於顏料的官能基之單體,係可按照所分散 的顏料之種類來適宜選擇,此等可單獨使用,也可倂用2 種以上。作爲構成具有酸性基的嵌段(b)之單體,可舉出前 述者。較佳爲由上述通式(G-I)〜(G-III)所示的單體所構成 。具有酸性基的單體,係可按照所分散的顏料之種類來適 宜選擇,此等可單獨使用,也可倂用2種以上。 作爲構成不吸附於顏料的嵌段(c)之單體,並沒有特別 的限制’例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙 儲酯類、馬來酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類、( 甲基)丙烯醯胺類、苯乙烯類、乙烯醚類、乙烯基酮類、烯 烴類、馬來醯亞胺類、(甲基)丙烯腈等。此等單體可單獨 使用,也可倂用2種以上。 作爲(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲 基)丙嫌酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正 -46 - 201038678 己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己 酯 '(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基 丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_乙氧 基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸2-氯乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-苯 基乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-丙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸2-烯丙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸炔丙酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙二醇單甲基醚、(甲 基)丙烯酸二乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三乙二醇單甲 基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚 乙二醇單甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基) 丙烯酸β-苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚 乙二醇、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊 烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氟 戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯氧基乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸γ-丁內酯等。 作爲巴豆酸酯類之例,可舉出巴豆酸丁酯及巴豆酸己 酯等。 作爲乙烯酯類之例,可舉出醋酸乙烯酯、乙烯基氯醋 酸酯、丙酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、乙烯基甲氧基醋酸酯及 苯甲酸乙烯酯等。 -47 - 201038678 作爲馬來酸二酯類之例,可舉出馬來酸二甲酯、馬來 酸二乙酯及馬來酸二丁酯等。 作爲富馬酸二酯類之例,可舉出富馬酸二甲酯、富馬 酸二乙酯及富馬酸二丁酯等。 作爲伊康酸二酯類之例,可舉出伊康酸二甲酯、伊康 酸二乙酯及伊康酸二丁酯等。 作爲(甲基)丙烯醯胺類,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基丙烯醯基( 甲基)醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-苯基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-硝基苯基丙烯醯胺、Ν-乙基-Ν-苯基丙 烯醯胺、Ν-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、 二丙酮丙烯醯胺、Ν-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν-羥乙基丙烯醯胺 、乙烯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺' Ν,Ν-二烯丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺 、Ν -烯丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 作爲苯乙烯類之例’可舉出苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二 甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯 '乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯 、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙 烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯 、氯甲基苯乙烯、由酸性物質可脫保護的基(例如t-Boc等) 所保護的羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯及α-甲基苯乙烯 等。 -48- 201038678 作爲乙烯醚類之例’可舉出甲基乙嫌酸、乙基乙烯醚 、2 -氯乙基乙烯醚、羥乙基乙烯醚、丙基乙嫌醚、丁基乙 烯醚、己基乙烯醚、辛基乙烯醚、甲氧基乙基乙烯醚及苯 基乙烯醚等。 作爲乙烯基酮類之例’可舉出甲基乙烯基酮、乙基乙 烯基酮、丙基乙烯基酮、苯基乙烯基酮等。 作爲烯烴類之例,可舉出乙烯、丙烯、異丁烯、丁二 烯、異戊二烯等》 〇 作爲馬來醯亞胺類之例,可舉出馬來醯亞胺、丁基馬 來醯亞胺、環己基馬來醯亞胺、苯基馬來醯亞胺等。 作爲(甲基)丙烯腈之例,可舉出甲基丙烯腈、丙烯腈等 〇 作爲得到嵌段型高分子的方法,可利用習知的方法。 例如,已知活性聚合、引發-轉移-終止劑(inferter)法等, 再者作爲其它方法,亦已知在將具有顏料吸附基的單體或 不具有顏料吸附基的單體進行自由基聚合之際,使硫醇羧 〇 酸或2·乙醯基硫乙基醚、10-乙醯基硫癸烷硫醇等之分子 內含有硫酯與硫醇基的化合物共存而聚合得到之聚合物, 以氫氧化鈉或氨等的鹼予以處理,而成爲在一末端具有硫 醇基的聚合物,於所得之在一末端具有硫醇基的聚合物之 存在下,將另一方的嵌段之單體成分進行自由基聚合的方 法。於此等之中,較佳爲活性聚合。 嵌段型高分子的質量平均分子量係沒有特別的限制, 較佳爲1,000〜1 00,000的範圍,更佳爲5,000〜50,000的 -49 - 201038678 範圍。質量平均分子量若爲1,000以上,則可更有效地得 到安定化效果,而且質量平均分子量若爲1 00,000以下, 則可更有效果地吸附而發揮良好的分散性。 • 接枝型高分子 關於接枝型高分子,只要在主鏈或分枝部或兩者的任 一個含有上述酸性基即可。接枝型高分子的合成方法,係 如新高分子實驗學第2卷(共立出版,1 995年)等所示地, 作爲一般的方法,可使用由主鏈高分子使分枝單體聚合的 方法,使分枝高分子結合於主鏈高分子的方法,及使主鏈 單體與分枝高分子共聚合的方法等。 即,本實施態樣所可使用的接枝型高分子,係可在主 鏈或分枝部的任一者或兩者,使上述通式(G-I)〜(G-III)所 示之含有酸性基的單體1種以上,與其它可共聚合的單體 進行共聚合而得者。 作爲其它可共聚合的單體,可任意地選擇1種以上的 前述(i)具有有機色素構造或雜環構造的單體、(ii)具有酸 性基的單體、(iii)具有鹼性氮原子的單體、(iv)具有脲基、 胺甲酸酯基、配位性氧原子,碳數4以上之具有烴基、烷 氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基的單體、(v)具有 離子性官能基的單體、(vi)(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類 、乙烯酯類、馬來酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯 類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、苯乙烯類、乙烯醚類、乙烯基酮 類、烯烴類、馬來醯亞胺類、(甲基)丙烯腈等的單體。 作爲本實施態樣的接枝型高分子之較佳形態,可舉出 -50 - 201038678 下述形態。 .以前述⑴〜(iv)所示的單體、上述通式(G-Ι)〜(G-ΙΙΙ)所 示之含酸性基的單體、聚合性寡聚物(以下稱爲大分子單體) 當作共聚合成分的接枝型高分子。 .以前述⑴〜(iv)所示的單體、上述通式(G-I)〜(G-III)所 示之含酸性基的聚合性寡聚物(以下稱爲大分子單體)當作 共聚合成分的接枝型高分子。 •以前述(i)〜(iv)所示的單體、上述通式(G-I)〜(G-III)所 ^ 示之含酸性基的單體、上述通式(G-I)〜(G-III)所示之含酸 性基的聚合性寡聚物(以下稱爲大分子單體)當作共聚合成 分的接枝型高分子。 上述接枝型高分子的質量平均分子量係沒有特別的限 制,較佳爲 1,000〜100,000的範圍,更佳爲 5,000〜 50,000的範圍。質量平均分子量若爲1,〇〇〇以上,則可更 有效地得到安定化效果,而且質量平均分子量若爲 100,000以下,則可更有效地吸附而發擇良好的分散性。 〇 特別地,分枝部的質量平均分子量較佳爲3 00〜3 0,000 ’更佳爲1,000〜20,000。分枝部的分子量若在上述範圍, 則顯像性特別良好,顯像寬容度廣。 • 末端改性型高分子 作爲末端改性型高分子,係包含主鏈具有本實施態樣 的酸性基之重複單位,末端具有與顏料的親和性高之官能 基的高分子。即,主鏈係可將前述直鏈型無規共聚物照原 樣地使用。作爲用於共聚合的單體,例如作爲自由基聚合 -51 - 201038678 性單體,可使用前述「具有酸性基的單體(b)」及「構成不 吸附於顏料的嵌段之單體(C)」。本實施態樣所可使用的末 端改性型高分子,係對此直鏈型無規共聚物的末端,施予 下述記載的改性而得之高分子。 合成在聚合物的末端具有官能基的高分子之方法係沒 有特別的限定,例如可舉出以下的方法及組合有此等的方 法等。 1·使用含有官能基的聚合引發劑來進行聚合(例如自由 基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合等)而合成的方法 2.使用含有官能基的鏈轉移劑來進行自由基聚合而合成 的方法 此處所導入的官能基,可舉出具有有機色素構造、雜 環構造、酸性基、鹼性氮原子的基、具有脲基、胺甲酸酯 基、配位性氧原子的基、由碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽 烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基及離子性官能基所選出 的基等。 作爲可在聚合物末端導入官能基的鏈轉移劑,例如可 舉出锍基化合物(例如可舉出硫代甘醇酸、硫代蘋果酸、硫 代水楊酸、2-锍基丙酸、3-锍基丙酸、3-锍基丁酸、N-(2-锍基丙醯基)甘胺酸、2-巯基菸鹼酸、3-[N-(2-锍基乙基)胺 甲醯基]丙酸、3-[Ν·(2-锍基乙基)胺基]丙酸、N-(3-锍基丙 酿基)丙胺酸、2-硫基乙擴酸、3-硫基丙擴酸、4-硫基丁擴 酸、2 -锍基乙醇、3 -锍基-1,2 -丙二醇、1-巯基-2-丙醇、3-锍基-2·丁醇、锍基苯酚、2-锍基乙胺、2-锍基咪唑、2-锍 -52 - 201038678 基-3-吡啶醇 '苯硫醇、甲苯硫醇、酼基苯乙酮、萘硫醇、 萘甲烷硫醇等)或此等的锍基化合物之氧化體的二硫化物化 合物、及鹵化合物(例如2-碘基乙磺酸、3-碘基丙磺酸等) 〇 又,作爲可在聚合物末端導入官能基的聚合引發劑, 例如可舉出2,2’-偶氮雙(2-氰基丙醇)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-氰基 戊醇)、4,4’·偶氮雙(4-氰基戊酸)、4,4’-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊 醯氯)、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]、2,2’-^ 偶氮雙[2-(2-咪唑啉-2·基)丙烷]、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-(3,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶-2-基)丙烷]、2,2’-偶氮雙{2-[l-(2-羥乙基)-2-咪 唑啉-2-基]丙烷}、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N-(2-羥乙基)-丙醯 胺]等或此等的衍生物等。 上述末端改性型高分子的分子量較佳爲質量平均分子 量1,000〜50,000。上述數量平均分子量若爲1,000以上, 則可更有效地得到作爲顏料分散劑的立體排斥效果,而若 Ο 爲5 0,0 00以下,則更有效地抑制立體效果,更縮短對顏料 的吸附時間。 [再沈澱法] 本發明中的有機顏料微粒子,係將在良溶劑中溶解有 有機顏料的溶液、與對於良溶劑有相溶性且對有機顏料而 言爲弱溶劑的溶劑混合,使有機顏料當作微粒子析出的積 聚顏料微粒子。此處,良溶劑與弱溶劑的組合較佳爲對有 機顏料的溶解度有充分的差異,較佳爲配合有機顏料來選 擇較宜者,只要是使本發明的步驟成爲可行的組合,則亦 -53 - 201038678 可選擇任何者。 • 良溶劑 良溶劑只要是可溶解所用的有機顏料,與前述弱溶劑 相溶或均勻混合者,則沒有特別的限定。有機顏料在良溶 劑中的溶解性,以有機顏料的溶解度而言較佳爲0.2質量 %以上’更佳爲0.5質量%以上。有機顏料在良溶劑中的溶 解度係沒有特別的上限’若考慮通常所用的有機顏料,則 50質量%以下爲實際。此溶解度亦可爲在酸或鹼的存在下 溶解時的溶解度。 作爲良溶劑,例如可舉出水性溶劑(例如水或鹽酸、氫 氧化鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、酮化合 物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、芳香族化合物溶劑、二硫化碳溶 劑、脂肪族化合物溶劑、腈化合物溶劑、亞楓化合物溶劑 、鹵素化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、離子性液體、此等的 混合溶劑等,較佳爲水性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑、酮化合物 溶劑、醚化合物溶劑 '亞楓化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、 醯胺化合物溶劑、或此等的混合物,尤佳爲水性溶劑、醇 化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、亞楓化合物溶劑或醯胺化合 物溶劑’更佳爲水性溶劑、亞颯化合物溶劑或醯胺化合物 溶劑,特佳爲亞颯化合物溶劑或醯胺化合物溶劑。 作爲亞颯化合物溶劑,例如可舉出二甲亞颯、二乙亞 楓' 六亞甲基亞碾、環丁楓等。作爲醯胺化合物溶劑,例 如可舉出N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、2-吡略 啶酮、1,3 -二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、2-吡咯啶酮、ε -己內醯胺 -54 - 201038678 、甲醯胺、N-甲基甲醯胺、乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基丙烷醯胺、六甲基磷酸三醯胺等。 又,作爲在良溶劑中溶解有有機顏料的溶液之濃度, 較佳爲溶解時的條件下有機顔料在良溶劑中的飽和濃度至 其1/100左右的範圍。 有機顏料溶液的調製條件係沒有特別的限制,可選擇 常壓至亞臨界、超臨界條件的範圍。常壓下的溫度較佳爲-10〜150°c,更佳爲-5〜130°c,特佳爲0〜100°c。 作爲良溶劑的具體例所列舉者與作爲弱溶劑所列舉者 雖然亦有共通者,但是不組合相同者當作良溶劑及弱溶劑 ,於與所採用的有機顏料之關係下,只要在良溶劑中的溶 解度係充分高於在弱溶劑中的溶解度即可,例如其溶解度 差較佳爲0.2質量%以上,更佳爲〇.5質量%以上。良溶劑 相對於弱溶劑的溶解度之差係沒有特別的上限,通常若考 慮所用的有機顏料,則5 0質量%以下係實際。 當有機顏料均勻地溶解在良溶劑中時,亦可添加酸或 鹼等的溶解促進劑來進行溶解。一般地,於分子內具有鹼 性可解離的基之顔料的情況,鹼的添加係較佳,於鹼性所 解離的基不存在’在分子內有許多質子容易附加的氮原子 等時,酸的添加係較佳。例如,喹吖啶酮、二酮基吡咯并 吡咯、雙偶氮縮合化合物顔料係在鹼性中溶解。酞花青化 合物顏料係在酸性中溶解,但其中亦在鹼性中溶解者,鹼 性中溶解的機構係未明。 • 弱溶劑 -55 - 201038678 弱溶劑係沒有特別的限定,但有機顏料的溶解度較佳 爲0.02質量%以下,更佳爲0.01質量%以下。有機顏料在 弱溶劑中的溶解度係沒有特別的下限,通常若考慮所用的 有機顏料,貝lj 〇.〇〇〇001質量%以上係實際。此溶解度亦可 爲在酸或鹼的存在下溶解時的溶解度。又,良溶劑與弱溶 劑的相溶性或均勻混合性,較佳爲相對於弱溶劑而言,良 溶劑的溶解量爲3 0質量%以上,更佳爲5 0質量%以上。相 對於弱溶劑而言,良溶劑的溶解量係沒有特別的上限,以 任意比例的混合係實際。 作爲弱溶劑,例如可舉出水性溶劑(例如水或鹽酸、氫 氧化鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物 溶劑、芳香族化合物溶劑、二硫化碳溶劑、脂肪族化合物 溶劑、腈化合物溶劑、鹵化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、離 子性液體、此等的混合溶劑等,較佳爲水性溶劑、醇化合 物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑或 此等的混合物,更佳爲水性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑或酯化合 物溶劑。 前述第1良溶劑與第2良溶劑係可相同或不同’較佳 爲組合使用同種者或同樣者。前述第1弱溶劑與第2弱溶 劑係可相同或不同,較佳爲組合使用同種者或同樣者。 使顏料微粒子析出生成之際的弱溶劑之條件係沒有特 別的限制,可選擇常壓至亞臨界、超臨界條件的範圍。常 壓下的溫度較佳爲-30〜l〇(TC ’更佳爲-10〜6〇 °C,特佳爲The polymer compound of the present embodiment can be synthesized by polymerizing a monomer as described above, or by reacting a polymer compound of a precursor with a low molecular compound having an acidic group. The polymer compound of the present embodiment is more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a block type polymer, a graft type polymer, and a terminal modified type polymer. -44 - 201038678 It is considered that the polymer compound of the present embodiment has a function of adsorbing on the surface of the pigment in the dispersion step to prevent re-agglomeration. Therefore, the polymer compound of the present embodiment may be a linear random copolymer, but a block type polymer, a graft type polymer, and a terminal modified type polymer which are more effective may be mentioned. Good construction. • Linear-type random copolymer linear-type random copolymer can be obtained by copolymerizing an acid group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (G-Ι)~(G-III) with other copolymerizable monomers The body is obtained by any polymerization method such as radical polymerization. As another monomer which can be copolymerized, one or more kinds of (i) a monomer having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure, and (ii) having an acidic group can be arbitrarily selected in detail under the item of a block type polymer. Monomer, (iii) monomer having a basic nitrogen atom, (W) having a urea group, a carbamate group, a coordinating oxygen atom, a carbon number of 4 or more having a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a ring a monomer having an oxy group, an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group, (v) a monomer having an ionic functional group, (vi) a (meth) acrylate, a crotonate, a vinyl ester, a maleic acid diester, Fumaric acid diester, itaconic acid diester 〇 y, (meth) acrylamide, styrene, vinyl ether, vinyl ketone, olefin, maleimide, (a A monomer such as acrylonitrile. It is preferred to contain one or more selected from the group of monomers (1) to (iii). The preferred mass average molecular weight of the linear random copolymer is not particularly limited, and is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 3,000 to 50,000. When the mass average molecular weight is 1, 〇〇〇 or more, the stabilization effect can be more effectively obtained, and if the mass average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, it is possible to adsorb more efficiently and to obtain good dispersibility. -45 - 201038678 • The block type high molecular block type polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a block (a) having a polymer, a block (b) having an acidic group, and a block not adsorbing to a pigment. (c) The resulting block type polymer. The monomer ′ constituting the pigment adsorption block U) is not particularly limited, and for example, those which are used as a pigment adsorbing property in the copolymerization component of the specific polymer compound B are suitably used. Further, the block (b) having an acid group is also synonymous with those listed in the specific polymer compounds A to B. The monomer having a functional group which can be adsorbed to the pigment can be appropriately selected depending on the type of the pigment to be dispersed, and these may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The monomer which constitutes the block (b) having an acidic group is exemplified above. It is preferably composed of a monomer represented by the above formula (G-I) to (G-III). The monomer having an acidic group can be appropriately selected depending on the type of the pigment to be dispersed, and these may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The monomer constituting the block (c) which is not adsorbed to the pigment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylates, crotonates, ethyl esters, and maleic acid diesters. , fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (methyl) acrylamides, styrenes, vinyl ethers, vinyl ketones, olefins, maleimides, (methyl ) Acrylonitrile and the like. These monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the (meth) acrylates include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. Base) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)propionic acid, amyl (meth)acrylate, n-46 - 201038678 hexyl (meth)acrylate, ( Cyclohexyl methacrylate, t-butylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, third octyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Ester, octadecyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated ethyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl (meth) acrylate Oxyethyl ester, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-chloroethyl (meth)acrylate, ( Methyl)vinyl acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl (meth) acrylate, 1-propenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Propyl ester, 2-allyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propargyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, (A) Diethylene glycol monoethyl acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate Methyl ether, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, β-phenoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ( Dicyclopentenyl methacrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Fluorooctyl ethyl ester, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, tribromophenyl (meth)acrylate, tribromophenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, γ-butyrolactone (meth)acrylate, etc. . Examples of the crotonate include butyl crotonate and crotonate. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl methoxy acetate, and vinyl benzoate. -47 - 201038678 Examples of the maleic acid diesters include dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate and dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diesters include dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate and dibutyl fumarate. Examples of the itonic acid diesters include dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, and dibutyl itaconate. Examples of the (meth) acrylamide include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, and N-propyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl propylene decyl (methyl) decylamine, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N -cyclohexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl(meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-di Ethyl (meth) acrylamide, fluorene-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine-nitrophenyl acrylamide, hydrazine-ethyl-hydrazine-phenyl acrylamide, hydrazine-benzyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, (meth) propylene decyl morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, hydrazine-hydroxymethyl acrylamide, hydrazine-hydroxyethyl acrylamide, vinyl (meth) acrylamide 'Ν, Ν-diallyl (meth) acrylamide, Ν-allyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethylstyrene 'ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, and hydroxystyrene. Methoxystyrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, a group deprotectable by an acidic substance (eg t- Boc et al. Protected hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoate, and α-methyl styrene. -48- 201038678 Examples of vinyl ethers include methyl ethyl phthalate, ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl ethyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, Hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, methoxy ethyl vinyl ether, and phenyl vinyl ether. Examples of the vinyl ketone include methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, propyl vinyl ketone, and phenyl vinyl ketone. Examples of the olefins include ethylene, propylene, isobutylene, butadiene, isoprene, and the like. Examples of the olefins include maleic imine and butyl malayan. Amine, cyclohexylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, and the like. Examples of the (meth)acrylonitrile include methacrylonitrile and acrylonitrile. As a method for obtaining a block type polymer, a conventional method can be used. For example, a living polymerization, an initiator-transfer-inferer method, and the like are known, and as another method, it is also known to radically polymerize a monomer having a pigment adsorbing group or a monomer having no pigment adsorbing group. A polymer obtained by coexisting a compound containing a thioester and a thiol group in a molecule such as thiol carboxylic acid or 2, ethanesulfonyl thioethyl ether or 10-ethoxy thio thiol thiol Treated with a base such as sodium hydroxide or ammonia to form a polymer having a thiol group at one end, and in the presence of a polymer having a thiol group at one end, the other block A method in which a monomer component is subjected to radical polymerization. Among these, living polymerization is preferred. The mass average molecular weight of the block type polymer is not particularly limited, and is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably in the range of -49 to 201038678 of 5,000 to 50,000. When the mass average molecular weight is 1,000 or more, the stabilization effect can be more effectively obtained, and if the mass average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, it is more effectively adsorbed and exhibits good dispersibility. • Graft type polymer The graft type polymer may contain the above acidic group in either the main chain, the branch, or both. As a general method, a method for synthesizing a graft-type polymer can be used as a general method, and a branched monomer can be polymerized by a main chain polymer. The method comprises a method in which a branched polymer is bonded to a main chain polymer, and a method in which a main chain monomer and a branched polymer are copolymerized. That is, the graft type polymer which can be used in the present embodiment can contain the above-described formula (GI) to (G-III) in either or both of the main chain or the branching portion. One or more kinds of acidic group monomers are obtained by copolymerization with other copolymerizable monomers. As the other copolymerizable monomer, one or more kinds of the above (i) monomers having an organic dye structure or a heterocyclic structure, (ii) monomers having an acidic group, and (iii) having a basic nitrogen can be arbitrarily selected. a monomer of an atom, (iv) a monomer having a ureido group, a urethane group, a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon number of 4 or more, a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, or a hydroxyl group, (v) monomers having an ionic functional group, (vi) (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diesters, fumaric acid diesters, and itaconic acid Monomers such as esters, (meth)acrylamides, styrenes, vinyl ethers, vinyl ketones, olefins, maleimides, and (meth)acrylonitrile. A preferred embodiment of the graft polymer of the present embodiment is -50 - 201038678. The monomer represented by the above (1) to (iv), the acid group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (G-Ι) to (G-ΙΙΙ), and the polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as macromolecular single) A graft polymer that acts as a copolymerization component. The monomer represented by the above (1) to (iv) and the acidic group-containing polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as macromonomer) represented by the above formula (GI) to (G-III) are regarded as a total A graft type polymer of a polymerization component. • the monomer represented by the above (i) to (iv), the acid group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (GI) to (G-III), and the above formula (GI) to (G-III) The acidic polymer group-containing polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as a macromonomer) is used as a graft polymer of a copolymerization component. The mass average molecular weight of the above graft type polymer is not particularly limited, and is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 50,000. When the mass average molecular weight is 1, 〇〇〇 or more, the stabilization effect can be more effectively obtained, and if the mass average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, it is possible to adsorb more efficiently and to obtain good dispersibility. Specifically, the mass average molecular weight of the branch portion is preferably from 30,000 to 3,000 Å, more preferably from 1,000 to 20,000. When the molecular weight of the branching portion is in the above range, the development property is particularly good, and the development latitude is wide. • Terminal-modified polymer A terminal-modified polymer is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an acidic group of the present embodiment in the main chain and a functional group having a high affinity with a pigment at the terminal. Namely, the above-mentioned linear random copolymer can be used as it is in the main chain. As the monomer used for the copolymerization, for example, as the radical polymerization-51-201038678 monomer, the aforementioned "acid group-containing monomer (b)" and "the monomer constituting the block not adsorbed to the pigment" can be used ( C)". The terminal modified polymer which can be used in the present embodiment is a polymer obtained by modifying the terminal of the linear random copolymer described below. The method of synthesizing a polymer having a functional group at the terminal of the polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following methods and methods in which these are combined. 1. A method of synthesizing a polymerization initiator (for example, radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization, or the like) using a functional group-containing polymerization initiator. 2. A method of synthesizing a radical polymerization using a functional group-containing chain transfer agent. The functional group introduced in the space includes a group having an organic dye structure, a heterocyclic structure, an acidic group, a basic nitrogen atom, a group having a urea group, a carbamate group, and a coordinating oxygen atom, and a carbon number of 4 A group selected from the above hydrocarbon group, alkoxyalkyl group, epoxy group, isocyanate group, hydroxyl group, and ionic functional group. Examples of the chain transfer agent capable of introducing a functional group at the terminal of the polymer include a mercapto compound (for example, thioglycolic acid, thiomalic acid, thiosalicylic acid, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptobutyric acid, N-(2-amidinopropyl)glycine, 2-mercaptonicotinic acid, 3-[N-(2-mercaptoethyl)amine Methyl hydrazide] propionic acid, 3-[Ν·(2-mercaptoethyl)amino]propionic acid, N-(3-mercaptopropyl) alanine, 2-thioethylpropionic acid, 3- Thiopropyl propionic acid, 4-thiobutyryl acid, 2-mercaptoethanol, 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 1-mercapto-2-propanol, 3-mercapto-2-butanol, Nonylphenol, 2-mercaptoethylamine, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 2-indole-52 - 201038678 -3-pyridyl alcohol 'benzene thiol, toluene thiol, mercapto acetophenone, naphthyl mercaptan, naphthalene a methanethiol or the like, or a disulfide compound of an oxidized compound of the mercapto compound, and a halogen compound (for example, 2-iodoethanesulfonic acid, 3-iodopropanesulfonic acid, etc.) The polymerization initiator which introduces a functional group at the terminal of the object may, for example, be 2,2'-azobis(2-cyanopropanol) or 2,2'-azobis(2-cyano). Alcohol), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanopentyl chloride), 2,2'-azobis[2-( 5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-^ azobis[2-(2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-azobis [2-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)propane], 2,2'-azobis{2-[l-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-imidazoline- 2-Based]propane}, 2,2'-azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-propaninamine or the like, or the like. The molecular weight of the terminal modified polymer is preferably from 1,000 to 50,000 by mass average molecular weight. When the number average molecular weight is 1,000 or more, the steric repulsion effect as a pigment dispersant can be more effectively obtained, and if Ο is 50,000 or less, the steric effect is more effectively suppressed, and the pigment is further shortened. Adsorption time. [Reprecipitation method] The organic pigment fine particles in the present invention are a solution in which an organic pigment is dissolved in a good solvent, and a solvent which is compatible with a good solvent and which is a weak solvent for an organic pigment, so that the organic pigment is The pigment particles are deposited as fine particles. Here, the combination of the good solvent and the weak solvent is preferably such that the solubility of the organic pigment is sufficiently different, and it is preferred to select an organic pigment to be preferred, as long as the step of the present invention becomes a feasible combination, then - 53 - 201038678 Any one can choose. • Good solvent The good solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic pigment that can be dissolved and is miscible or uniformly mixed with the above-mentioned weak solvent. The solubility of the organic pigment in the good solvent is preferably 0.2% by mass or more and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more based on the solubility of the organic pigment. There is no particular upper limit for the solubility of the organic pigment in a good solvent. When considering the organic pigment generally used, 50% by mass or less is practical. This solubility can also be the solubility when dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. Examples of the good solvent include an aqueous solvent (for example, water or hydrochloric acid, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution), an alcohol compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an aromatic compound solvent, a carbon disulfide solvent, and an aliphatic compound. The solvent, the nitrile compound solvent, the argon compound solvent, the halogen compound solvent, the ester compound solvent, the ionic liquid, the mixed solvent of these, etc., are preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, or an ether compound solvent. a compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, or a mixture thereof, and more preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, a yam compound solvent or a guanamine compound solvent, more preferably an aqueous solvent, Aachen A compound solvent or a guanamine compound solvent, particularly preferably an yttrium compound solvent or a guanamine compound solvent. Examples of the solvent of the ruthenium compound include dimethyl hydrazine, dianthene hexamethylene yam, and butyl sulphate. Examples of the guanamine compound solvent include N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazole. Linoleone, 2-pyrrolidone, ε-caprolactam-54 - 201038678, formamide, N-methylformamide, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N,N-dimethyl Ethyl amide, N-methylpropane decylamine, trimethylamine hexamethylphosphate, and the like. Further, the concentration of the solution in which the organic pigment is dissolved in the good solvent is preferably in the range of about 1/100 of the saturated concentration of the organic pigment in the good solvent under the conditions of dissolution. The preparation conditions of the organic pigment solution are not particularly limited, and a range from atmospheric pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions can be selected. The temperature under normal pressure is preferably -10 to 150 ° C, more preferably -5 to 130 ° C, and particularly preferably 0 to 100 ° C. Specific examples of the good solvent and those listed as the weak solvent are common, but the same one is not used as a good solvent and a weak solvent, and in the relationship with the organic pigment to be used, it is only a good solvent. The solubility in the medium is sufficiently higher than the solubility in a weak solvent. For example, the difference in solubility is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. There is no particular upper limit to the difference in the solubility of the good solvent with respect to the weak solvent. In general, when considering the organic pigment used, 50% by mass or less is practical. When the organic pigment is uniformly dissolved in a good solvent, a dissolution promoter such as an acid or a base may be added to dissolve. In general, in the case of a pigment having a basic dissociable group in the molecule, the addition of a base is preferred, and the group which is dissociated from the basic phase does not have a 'nitrogen atom which is easily added to the proton in the molecule, etc. The addition is preferred. For example, a quinacridone, a diketopyrrolopyrrole, or a disazo condensed compound pigment is dissolved in an alkali. The phthalocyanine compound pigment is dissolved in acidity, but it is also dissolved in alkaline, and the mechanism for dissolution in alkali is not known. • Weak solvent -55 - 201038678 The weak solvent is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the organic pigment is preferably 0.02% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit for the solubility of the organic pigment in a weak solvent, and in general, considering the organic pigment used, it is practical that it is more than 5% by mass. This solubility can also be the solubility when dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. Further, the compatibility or uniform mixing property between the good solvent and the weak solvent is preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more based on the weak solvent. There is no particular upper limit for the amount of dissolution of the good solvent relative to the weak solvent, and the mixing is practical in any ratio. Examples of the weak solvent include an aqueous solvent (for example, water or hydrochloric acid, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution), an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an aromatic compound solvent, a carbon disulfide solvent, an aliphatic compound solvent, and a nitrile compound solvent. The halogen compound solvent, the ester compound solvent, the ionic liquid, a mixed solvent thereof, and the like are preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an ester compound solvent or a mixture thereof, and more preferably Aqueous solvent, alcohol compound solvent or ester compound solvent. The first good solvent and the second good solvent may be the same or different. It is preferred to use the same kind or the same in combination. The first weak solvent and the second weak solvent may be the same or different, and it is preferred to use the same kind or the same in combination. The conditions of the weak solvent for forming the fine particles of the pigment are not particularly limited, and the range from normal pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions can be selected. The temperature under normal pressure is preferably -30 to 1 Torr (TC ' is more preferably -10 to 6 〇 ° C, particularly preferably

0 〜30〇C -56 - 201038678 • 兩液的混合 於混合有機顔料溶液與弱溶劑之際,可添加兩者中任 一個來混合’較佳爲將有機顏料溶液噴流到弱溶劑中而進 行混合,該情況下較佳爲弱溶劑被攪拌的狀態。攪拌速度 較佳爲100〜lOOOOrpm,更佳爲150〜8000rpm,特佳爲 200〜6000 rpm。於添加中亦可使用泵等,也可不用。又, 可液中添加’也可液外添加,更佳爲液中添加。再者,較 佳爲經由供給管,用泵來連續供應至液中。供給管的內徑 ® 較佳爲0·1〜200mm,更佳爲0.2〜100mm。由供給管供應 至液中的速度較佳爲 1〜1 0 0 0 0m 1/m i η,更佳爲 5〜 5〇OOml/miri。或者,亦可在流路中使兩液接觸,例如作爲 使用微通道的方法,可參照特開2008-231415號公報、特 開2008-183554號公報、特開2007-039643號公報等。 有機顏料溶液與弱溶劑的混合比以體積比計較佳爲 1/50〜2/3’更佳爲1/4 0〜1/2,特佳爲1/20〜3/8。 0 使顏料微粒子析出時,液中的粒子濃度係沒有特別的 限制’相對於溶劑1 000ml而言,顏料微粒子較佳爲10〜 4〇00〇mg的範圍,更佳爲20〜30000mg的範圍,特佳爲5〇 〜25000mg的範圍。 又’生成顏料微粒子之際的調製規模係沒有特別的限 定’弱溶劑的混合量較佳爲10〜2000L的調製規模,較佳 爲50〜l〇〇〇L的調製規模。 [顏料微粒子] 關於顏料微粒子的粒徑,有藉由計測法進行數値化而 -57 - 201038678 表現集團的平均大小之方法,作爲經常使用者,有表示分 布的最大値之模徑、相當於積分分布曲線的中央値之中位 徑、各種的平均徑(數平均、長度平均、面積平均、質量平 均、體積平均等)等’於本發明中只要沒有特別預先指明, 則平均粒徑係指數平均直徑。顔料微粒子(一次粒子)的平 均粒徑係奈米尺寸,平均粒徑較佳爲lnm〜0.5μηι,尤佳 爲1〜200nm’更佳爲2〜100nm,特佳爲5〜80nm。再者 ,以本發明的製造方法所形成的粒子係可爲結晶質粒子, 也可爲非晶質粒子,或此等的混合物。 又,作爲表示粒子的單分散性之指標,於本發明中只 要沒有特別預先指明,則使用體積平均粒徑(Mv)與數量平 均粒徑(Μη)的比(Μν/Μη)。顏料微粒子(一次粒子)的單分散 性,即Μν/Μη,較佳爲1.0〜2.0,更佳爲1.0〜1.8,特佳 爲 1.0 〜1 . 5 〇 作爲顏料微粒子的粒徑之測定方法,可舉出顯微鏡法 、質量法、光散射法、光遮斷法、電阻法、音響法、動態 光散射法,特佳爲顯微鏡法、動態光散射法。作爲用於顯 微鏡法的顯微鏡’例如可舉出掃描型電子顯微鏡、透射型 電子顯微鏡等。作爲藉由動態光散射法的粒子測定裝置, 例如可舉出日機裝公司製Nanotrack UPA-EX150、大塚電 子公司製動態光散射光度計D L S - 7 0 0 0系列(皆商品名)等。 [粒徑調製劑] 於調製使顏料微粒子析出的分散液時,在顏料溶液及 第1的弱溶劑之至少一者中,亦可至少含有使第1弱溶劑 -58 - 201038678 變成良溶劑(相對於第2溶劑而言溶解度爲4·0質量%以上) 的化合物(以下亦稱爲粒徑調整劑)。 作爲高分子粒徑調整劑,例如可舉出聚乙嫌耻略D定嗣 、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯基甲基醚、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚 丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇·醋酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚乙嫌醇-部分甲 縮醛化物、聚乙烯醇-部分縮丁醛化物、乙嫌基眼咯旋嗣— 醋酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚環氧乙烷/環氧丙烷嵌段共聚物、聚 丙烯酸、聚丙烯酸鈉鹽、聚乙烯基硫酸鹽、聚(4_乙嫌基啦 〇 啶)鹽、聚烯丙基胺、聚烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽、聚乙烯基胺鹽酸 鹽、烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽/二烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽共聚物、二烯丙基 胺系單體/ S02共聚物、二烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽/馬來酸共聚物、 聚二烯丙基甲基胺鹽酸鹽、聚二烯丙基二甲基銨氯化物、 二烯丙基二甲基銨氯化物/丙烯醯胺共聚物、縮合萘磺酸鹽 、纖維素衍生物、澱粉衍生物等。此外’亦可使用藻酸鹽 、明膠、白蛋白、酪蛋白、阿拉伯橡膠、湯卡特橡膠、木 質素磺酸鹽等的天然高分子類。其中,聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、 〇 '^聚丙烯酸、聚烯丙基胺、聚烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽、聚乙烯基胺 鹽酸鹽、烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽/二烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽共聚物、二烯 丙基胺系單體/so 2共聚物等。此等粒徑調整劑係可爲單獨 1種或組合2種以上來使用。 質量平均分子量較佳爲 1,000〜500,000,更佳爲 10,000〜500,000,特佳爲 10,000 〜100,000。 作爲陰離子粒徑調整劑(陰離子性界面活性劑),可舉出 N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺酸鹽、脂肪酸鹽、烷基硫酸酯鹽、烷基 -59 - 201038678 苯磺酸鹽、烷基萘磺酸鹽、二烷基磺基琥珀酸鹽、烷基磷 酸酯鹽、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物、聚氧化乙烯烷基硫酸酯鹽 等。其中,較佳爲N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺酸鹽。作爲N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺酸鹽,較佳爲特開平3-273067號說明書中記載 者。此等陰離子性的粒徑調整劑係可爲單獨或組合2種以 上來使用。 於陽離子性的粒徑調整劑(陽離子性界面活性劑)中,可 舉出四級銨鹽、烷氧基化多胺、脂肪族胺聚乙二醇醚、脂 肪族胺、由脂肪族胺與脂肪族醇所衍生的二胺及多胺、由 脂肪酸所衍生的咪唑啉之陽離子性物質的鹽。此等陽離子 性粒徑調整劑係可爲單獨1種或組合2種以上來使用。 兩離子性的粒徑調整劑係在分子內同時具有前述陰離 子性的粒徑調整劑在分子內具有的陰離子基部分與陽離子 性的粒徑調整劑在分子內具有的陽離子基部分之粒徑調整 劑。 作爲非離子性的粒徑調整劑(非離子性界面活性劑),可 舉出聚氧化乙烯烷基醚、聚氧化乙烯烷基芳基醚、聚氧化 乙烯脂肪酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧化乙烯山梨糖 醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧化乙烯烷基胺、甘油脂肪酸酯等。其 中,較佳爲聚氧化乙烯烷基芳基醚。此等非離子性的粒徑 調整劑係可爲單獨1種或組合2種以上來使用。 使用含氮高分子化合物當作前述高分子化合物時,作 爲粒徑調整劑,較佳爲不倂用由具有酸性基的高分子化合 物所成的粒徑調整劑、由具有鹼性氮原子的化合物所成的 -60 - 201038678 粒徑調整劑。又’使用具有酸性基的高分子化合物當作前 述高分子化合物時,作爲粒徑調整劑,較佳爲不倂用由含 氮高分子化合物所成的粒徑調整劑。 粒徑調整劑的含量,爲了更進一步提高顏料微粒子的 粒徑控制,相對於顏料而言,較佳爲0.1〜1000質量%的 範圍’尤佳爲1〜500質量%的範圍,更佳爲5〜2〇〇質量% 的範圍。又,粒徑調整劑係可單獨使用,也可組合複數者 來使用。 〇 [濃縮·再分散] 於本發明中,使顏料微粒子析出後,較佳爲減少或去 除含有該析出粒子的分散液之溶劑部份(以下亦將此操作 僅稱爲濃縮)。藉此,可成爲適合於彩色濾光片塗佈液或噴 墨用印墨的奈米粒子濃縮液或顏料微粒子粉末。再者,於 本發明中,於上述濃縮後進行再分散,而維持分散相的微 粒子,由再沈澱法所得之水系分散體(典型地水佔介質過半 的分散體)轉換連續相至有機系分散體(典型地有機溶劑佔 ^ 介質過半的分散體)。 本發明中的溶劑之濃縮係可以單一體或組合使用通常 的裝置。例如,作爲使用熱風的乾燥機,可合適地使用棚 型乾燥機、帶式乾燥機、攪拌乾燥機、流動層乾燥機、噴 霧乾燥機、氣流乾燥機等,作爲利用熱傳導的乾燥機,可 合適地使用鼓式乾燥機、多重管乾燥機、圓筒乾燥機等。 又,取決於溶劑組成,亦可使用冷凍乾燥機或紅外線乾燥 機。 -61- 201038678 於此等手段之中,從適合於由分散液得到直接乾燥的 顏料微粒子粉末之觀點來看,特佳爲噴霧乾燥機(例如大川 原化工機(股)製COC-12[商品名])、流動層乾燥機(例如(股) 奈良機械製作所製MSD-100[商品名])。又,爲了成爲殘留 溶劑量少的顏料微粒子粉末,可組合使用複數的乾燥手段 ’例如可使用使經圓筒乾燥機所預備濃縮的顏料分散組成 物在鼓式乾燥機中完全乾燥而得到顏料微粒子粉末等的製 程。 關於乾燥條件,只要是可使溶劑蒸發,且在不將顏料 或分散劑等的材料改性之範圍內,則沒有特別的限制。若 其它分散劑等在比此還低的溫度進行改性時,則當然必須 成爲更低的溫度。但是取決於所使用的溶劑種類,由於亦 考慮在容許的溫度範圍內乾燥速度變慢,於該情況下以增 加乾燥速度爲目的,可視乾燥機的種類而定,組合減壓、 攪拌混合、多段化等的手段。 所減少或去除的溶劑部份之量係沒有特別的限定,於 減少溶劑部份的態樣中,較佳爲去掉全部溶劑部份的5〇 質量%以上,更佳爲去掉7 5質量%以上。於去除溶劑部份 而成爲顏料微粒子粉末的態樣中,較佳爲去掉全部溶劑部 份的80質量%以上,更佳爲去掉90質量%以上。 當藉由減少或去除溶劑部份來減低溶劑部份時,所殘 留的分散組成物中之含水率係沒有特別的限定,較佳爲 0.0 1〜3質量%,更佳爲0 · 0 1〜1質量%。此時較佳爲例如 藉由上述乾燥法等來去除溶劑部份,而成爲顏料微粒子粉 -62 - 201038678 末,此時固體成分的含有率較佳爲50〜100質量%,更佳 爲70〜100質量%。 濃縮步驟亦可進行複數次。 作爲本發明的較佳實施態樣所用的高分子化合物A至 D,較佳爲在進行最後濃縮步驟之前添加。藉由成爲如此 ,顏料微粒子的表面係經高分子化合物A至D被覆,可有 效地抑制濃縮時顏料微粒子的凝聚體之生成或有效地減弱 凝聚力,可得到接近1次粒子的狀態之分散體,可得到對 〇 比高的彩色濾光片。 顏料微粒子例如可以分散在媒液中的狀態來使用。作 爲前述媒液,若說到塗料,於液體狀態時係指使顏料分散 的媒質之部分,包含液狀之與前述顏料結合而固定塗膜的 部分(黏結劑)、與溶解稀釋它的成分(有機溶劑)。再者於 本發明中,顏料微粒子形成時所用的黏結劑與再分散化所 用的黏結劑係可相同或不同。 根據再分散時的微粒子之舉動,可如下述地來區別凝 ❹聚狀態。 •硬凝聚(Aggregate) 例如一次粒子的結晶面彼此附著而 一起進行結晶成長者,在分散步驟中(不伴隨結晶破壞)無 法分離的狀態。 •軟凝聚(Agglomarate) 例如僅以粒子的角或棱線附著的 程度者,在分散步驟中可分離的狀態。於此狀態中,包含 一旦所分散的顏料粒子於分散介質中發生再凝聚般的緩再 凝聚(Flocculate)。再者,亦有將軟凝聚體稱爲絮凝體 -63 - 201038678 (Flock)。本發明雖然在解釋上不限定於此狀態,但較佳爲 再分散性良好的軟凝聚狀態(Agglomarate)。尙且,不區別 此狀態時,僅稱爲凝聚(Aggregate)。 本發明的顏料分散組成物之顏料微粒子濃度係按照目 的來適宜決定,較佳爲相對於分散組成物全量而言,顏料 微粒子較佳爲2〜3 0質量%,更佳爲4〜2 0質量%,特佳爲 5〜1 5質量%。 於使分散於如上述的媒液中時,黏結劑及溶解稀釋成 分的量係可依照有機顏料的種類等來適宜決定,相對於分 散組成物全量而言,黏結劑較佳爲1〜30質量%,更佳爲3 〜20質量% ’特佳爲5〜15質量%。溶解稀釋成分較佳爲5 〜8 0質量%,更佳爲1 0〜7 0質量%。 於已減低溶劑部份的濃縮顏料微粒子液中,亦如先前 所述地,奈米粒子會進行凝聚。作爲將如此的凝聚顏料微 粒子再分散之方法’例如可使用超音波所致的分散方法或 施加物理能量的方法。所用的超音波照射裝置較佳爲具有 能施加1 0kHz以上的超音波之機能,例如可舉出超音波均 〇 化器、超音波洗淨機等。於超音波照射中若液溫上升,由 於會引起奈米粒子的熱凝聚(參照非專利文獻1),故液溫 較佳爲1〜1 〇 〇 °C,更佳爲5〜6 0 °c。溫度的控制方法係可 藉由分散液溫度的控制、溫度控制分散液的溫度調整層之 溫度控制等來進行。 於施加物理能量而使已濃縮的顏料微粒子分散之際, 所使用的分散機係沒有特別的限制,例如可舉出捏合機、 -64 - 201038678 輥磨機、立式球磨機、超級硏磨機、溶化機、均化機砂 磨機等的分散機。又,可舉出高壓分散法或使用微小粒子 珠的分散方法當作亦合適者。 [彩色濾光片、其原料組成物·材料] 利用上述顏料分散物或其濃縮物、乾燥粉末,可成爲 能發揮良好性能的彩色濾光片、其原料組成物.材料。關 於其具體的程序’例如可參照特開2007_2623 78號公報、 特開2008-007773號公報、特開2008-291193號公報、特 〇 開2009-242687號公報等。以下說明槪要。 • 著色感光性樹脂組成物 著色感光性樹脂組成物係含有前述有機顏料微粒子的 分散組成物、黏結劑、單體或寡聚物 '光聚合引發劑或光 聚合引發劑系。顏料微粒子的含量,相對於著色感光性樹 脂組成物中的全部固體成分(本發明中,全固體成分係指有 機溶劑以外的組成物合計)而言,較佳爲3〜90質量%,更 佳爲20〜80質量%,特佳爲25〜60質量%»該量若過多, 〇 y 則分散液的黏度上升,製造適合性上有問題。若過少,則 著色力不足。又,亦可與用於調色的通常顔料作組合使用 。顏料係可使用上述所記載者。 作爲單體或寡聚物,較佳爲具有2個以上的乙烯性不 飽和雙鍵,藉由光的照射而進行加成聚合的多官能單體。 作爲如那樣的單體及寡聚物,可舉出分子中具有至少1個 可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基,沸點在常壓下爲1 00 °c以 上的化合物。 -65 - 201038678 作爲黏結劑,較佳爲具有酸性基的黏結劑。黏結劑係 可單獨’或可爲與通常的膜形成性聚合物倂用的組成物之 狀態來使用,相對於100質量份的顔料微粒子而言,添加 量一般爲10〜200質量份,較佳爲25〜100質量份。 作爲光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系(本發明中,光聚 合引發劑系係指以複數的化合物之組合來表現光聚合引發 機能的混合物),可適宜採用習知者。例如,可舉出美國專 利第2367660號說明書、美國專利第2448 828號說明書、 美國專利第27225 1 2號說明書、美國專利第3 046 1 27號說 明書、同第295 1 75 8號說明書、美國專利第3 5493 67號說 明書、特公昭5 1 -4 85 1 6號公報、美國專利第4239850號說 明書、美國專利第42 1 2976號說明書、特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 600 號公報中所揭示者當作合適者。 光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系係可爲單獨或混合2 種類以上來使用,特佳爲使用2種類以上。若使用至少2 種的光聚合引發劑,則顯示特性尤其顯示的不均可減少。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的全部固體成分而言, 光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系的含量一般爲0.5〜20質 量%,較佳爲1〜15質量%。此量若過多,則感度變過高而 控制變困難。若過少,則曝光感度變過低。作爲曝光時所 可用的輻射線,特佳爲g線、i線等的紫外線。照射量較 佳爲5〜1500mJ/cm2,更佳爲10〜l〇〇〇mj/Cm2,特佳爲 〜500mJ/cm2 0 上述著色感光性樹脂組成物係可藉由通常的塗佈方法 -66 - 201038678 來塗佈’可藉由將其乾燥而形成塗佈膜。關於塗佈方法, 例如可舉出縫狀噴嘴的塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 • 噴墨印墨 本發明的噴墨印墨,除了彩色濾光片用以外,亦可作 爲圖像形成用等通常的噴墨印墨,其中較佳爲作爲彩色濾 光片用噴墨印墨。作爲噴墨印墨,本發明的實施態樣係沒 有特別的限定,例如較佳爲可使用特開2002-201387號記 載的方法等。於本發明的噴墨印墨中,亦可更含有光聚合 〇 引發劑或光聚合引發劑系(d)、其它添加劑。各自的成分 ((a)〜(d)、其它添加劑)之含量係可與先前在著色感光性組 成物中所說明者同樣。但是當本發明的噴墨印墨爲彩色濾 光片製作用印墨時,較佳爲不是感光性印墨的態樣,較佳 爲不使用光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系。 於本發明中,在使用彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨來形成畫 素之前’較佳爲預先製作隔壁,在該隔壁所包圍的部分中 ’給予印墨。此隔壁亦可爲任何形式,但於製作彩色濾光 〇 片時’較佳爲持有黑色矩陣的機能之具有遮光性的隔壁(以 下亦僅稱「隔壁」)。該隔壁係可由與通常的彩色濾光片用 黑色矩陣同樣的材料、方法來製作。 • 感光性轉印材料 本發明的感光性轉印材料係由具有含上述著色感光性 樹脂組成物的感光性樹脂層所成,具體的構成係沒有特別 的限定’例如較佳爲使用一體型的薄膜所形成者。作爲一 體型薄膜的構成之例,可舉出依順序層合有臨時支持體/熱 -67 - 201038678 塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性樹脂層/保護薄膜的構成。 於感光性轉印材料中,感光性樹脂層的膜厚較佳爲1.0 〜5.0μιη,更佳爲1 · 0〜4.0 μηι,特佳爲1.0〜3·0μιη。又, 雖然並沒有特別的限定,但是就其它各層的較佳膜厚而言 ’臨時支持體爲15〜ΙΟΟμιη、熱塑性樹脂層爲2〜30μπι、 中間層爲0.5〜3.0 μιη、保護薄膜爲4〜40 μηι係一般較佳。 • 彩色濾光片 本發明中的對比係表示於2片偏光板之間,偏光軸平 行時與垂直時的透過光量之比(參照「1990年第7次色彩 光學會議、512色顯示10.4”大小TFT-LCD用彩色濾光片 、植木、小關、福永、山中」等)。 彩色濾光片的對比高係意味與液晶組合時的明暗差異 可大,爲了以液晶顯示器來取代CRT,係非常重要的性能 〇 本發明的彩色濾光片’於作爲電視用而使用時,F10光 源所致的紅(R)、綠(G)及藍(B)的各全部的單色之色度與下 表記載的値(以下稱爲本發明的「目標色度」)之差(ΔΕ) ’ 較佳爲在5以內的範圍’更佳爲在3以內’特佳爲在2以 內。0 〜30〇C -56 - 201038678 • When mixing two liquids in a mixed organic pigment solution and a weak solvent, either one of them can be added to mix. It is preferred to spray the organic pigment solution into a weak solvent for mixing. In this case, it is preferred that the weak solvent is stirred. The stirring speed is preferably from 100 to 1,000 rpm, more preferably from 150 to 8,000 rpm, and particularly preferably from 200 to 6,000 rpm. It is also possible to use a pump or the like in addition. Further, it may be added to the liquid, or it may be added externally, and it is more preferably added to the liquid. Further, it is preferably continuously supplied to the liquid by a pump via a supply pipe. The inner diameter of the supply tube ® is preferably from 0. 1 to 200 mm, more preferably from 0.2 to 100 mm. The speed of supply from the supply tube to the liquid is preferably from 1 to 1 0 0 0 0 m 1 / m i η, more preferably 5 to 5 〇 OO ml/miri. Alternatively, the two liquids may be brought into contact with each other in the flow path. For example, a method of using the microchannels can be referred to, for example, JP-A-2008-231415, JP-A-2008-183554, JP-A-2007-039643, and the like. The mixing ratio of the organic pigment solution to the weak solvent is preferably 1/50 to 2/3' in terms of volume ratio, more preferably 1/4 0 to 1/2, particularly preferably 1/20 to 3/8. When the pigment fine particles are precipitated, the concentration of the particles in the liquid is not particularly limited. The pigment fine particles are preferably in the range of 10 to 4 〇00 〇 mg, more preferably in the range of 20 to 30,000 mg, relative to the solvent of 1,000 ml. Particularly preferred is a range of 5 〇 to 25000 mg. Further, the modulation scale at the time of producing the pigment fine particles is not particularly limited. The mixing amount of the weak solvent is preferably a modulation scale of 10 to 2000 L, and preferably a modulation scale of 50 to 1 Å. [Pigment microparticles] The particle size of the pigment microparticles is determined by the measurement method. -57 - 201038678 The method of expressing the average size of the group, as a regular user, has the largest diameter of the distribution, which is equivalent to The median diameter of the central enthalpy of the integral distribution curve, various average diameters (number average, length average, area average, mass average, volume average, etc.), etc., in the present invention, the average particle size index is as long as there is no special specification The average diameter. The average particle diameter of the pigment fine particles (primary particles) is a nanometer size, and the average particle diameter is preferably from 1 nm to 0.5 μm, more preferably from 1 to 200 nm', more preferably from 2 to 100 nm, particularly preferably from 5 to 80 nm. Further, the particle system formed by the production method of the present invention may be a crystalline particle, an amorphous particle, or a mixture thereof. Further, as an index indicating the monodispersity of the particles, in the present invention, the ratio (体积ν/Μη) of the volume average particle diameter (Mv) to the number average particle diameter (?η) is used unless otherwise specified. The monodispersity of the pigment fine particles (primary particles), that is, Μν/Μη, is preferably 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably 1.0 to 1.8, particularly preferably 1.0 to 1. 5 〇 as a method for measuring the particle diameter of the pigment fine particles, Examples include microscopy, mass spectrometry, light scattering, light occlusion, electric resistance, acoustics, and dynamic light scattering. Particularly preferred are microscopy and dynamic light scattering. The microscope used for the microscopic method is, for example, a scanning electron microscope or a transmission electron microscope. Examples of the particle measuring device by the dynamic light scattering method include Nanotrack UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., and dynamic light scattering photometer D L S -7000 series (all trade names) manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and the like. [Particle size modulating agent] When at least one of the pigment solution and the first weak solvent is prepared, at least one of the pigment solution and the first weak solvent may contain at least one of the first weak solvent -58 - 201038678 as a good solvent (relatively A compound having a solubility of 4.0% by mass or more in the second solvent (hereinafter also referred to as a particle size adjusting agent). Examples of the polymer particle size adjusting agent include polyethyl bromide D, styrene, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polypropylene decylamine, vinyl alcohol and vinyl acetate. Copolymer, polyethylidene-partial methylalate, polyvinyl alcohol-partial butyralate, ethyl fluorene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyethylene oxide/propylene oxide block copolymerization , polyacrylic acid, sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl sulfate, poly(4_ethyl), polyallylamine, polyallylamine hydrochloride, polyvinylamine hydrochloride Salt, allylamine hydrochloride/diallylamine hydrochloride copolymer, diallylamine monomer/S02 copolymer, diallylamine hydrochloride/maleic acid copolymer, poly Diallylmethylamine hydrochloride, polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride, diallyldimethylammonium chloride/acrylamide copolymer, condensed naphthalenesulfonate, cellulose derivative , starch derivatives, and the like. Further, natural polymers such as alginate, gelatin, albumin, casein, arabin, tokat rubber, and lignin sulfonate can also be used. Among them, polyvinylpyrrolidone, 〇'^ polyacrylic acid, polyallylamine, polyallylamine hydrochloride, polyvinylamine hydrochloride, allylamine hydrochloride/diallylamine Hydrochloride copolymer, diallylamine monomer/so 2 copolymer, and the like. These particle size adjusting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The mass average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 10,000 to 100,000. Examples of the anion particle size adjuster (anionic surfactant) include N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurate, fatty acid salt, alkyl sulfate, and alkyl-59 - 201038678 benzenesulfonate. An alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, a dialkyl sulfosuccinate, an alkyl phosphate, a naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate, a polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfate salt, and the like. Among them, N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurates are preferred. The N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurate is preferably described in the specification of JP-A-3-273067. These anionic particle size adjusting agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the cationic particle size adjuster (cationic surfactant) include a quaternary ammonium salt, an alkoxylated polyamine, an aliphatic amine polyglycol ether, an aliphatic amine, and an aliphatic amine. A salt of a diamine and a polyamine derived from an aliphatic alcohol, and a cationic substance derived from a fatty acid. These cationic particle size adjusting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The two-ionic particle size adjusting agent has the particle size adjustment of the cationic group portion of the anionic group-containing particle size adjusting agent in the molecule and the cationic particle size adjusting agent in the molecule. Agent. Examples of the nonionic particle size adjuster (nonionic surfactant) include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ether, polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester, and sorbitan fatty acid. Ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, glycerin fatty acid ester, and the like. Among them, a polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ether is preferred. These nonionic particle size adjusting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a nitrogen-containing polymer compound is used as the polymer compound, it is preferred that the particle size adjusting agent is a particle size adjusting agent made of a polymer compound having an acidic group or a compound having a basic nitrogen atom. Made of -60 - 201038678 particle size modifier. Further, when a polymer compound having an acidic group is used as the above polymer compound, it is preferred to use a particle size adjusting agent composed of a nitrogen-containing polymer compound as the particle size adjusting agent. The content of the particle size adjusting agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1000% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 500% by mass, more preferably 5, in order to further increase the particle size control of the pigment fine particles. ~2〇〇% by mass range. Further, the particle size adjusting agent may be used singly or in combination of plural. 〇 [Concentration/Re-dispersion] In the present invention, after the fine particles of the pigment are precipitated, it is preferred to reduce or remove the solvent portion of the dispersion containing the precipitated particles (hereinafter, this operation is simply referred to as concentration). Thereby, it is possible to obtain a nanoparticle concentrate or a pigment fine particle powder suitable for a color filter coating liquid or an ink for ink jetting. Further, in the present invention, after the above concentration, redispersion is carried out to maintain the fine particles of the dispersed phase, and the aqueous dispersion obtained by the reprecipitation method (typically a dispersion in which water accounts for more than half of the medium) is converted into a continuous phase to an organic dispersion. Body (typically an organic solvent that accounts for more than half of the media). The concentration of the solvent in the present invention may be a single device or a combination of usual devices. For example, as a dryer using hot air, a shed type dryer, a belt dryer, a stirring dryer, a fluidized bed dryer, a spray dryer, a gas flow dryer, or the like can be suitably used as a dryer using heat conduction. A drum dryer, a multi-tube dryer, a cylinder dryer, or the like is used. Further, depending on the solvent composition, a freeze dryer or an infrared dryer can also be used. -61- 201038678 Among these, from the viewpoint of being suitable for the pigment fine particle powder which is directly dried by the dispersion, it is particularly preferable to be a spray dryer (for example, COC-12 manufactured by Okawara Chemical Co., Ltd.) ]), a fluidized layer dryer (for example, MSD-100 [trade name] manufactured by Nara Machinery Co., Ltd.). Further, in order to obtain a pigment fine particle powder having a small amount of residual solvent, a plurality of drying means can be used in combination. For example, a pigment dispersion composition which is prepared by concentration in a cylinder dryer can be completely dried in a drum dryer to obtain pigment fine particles. Process of powder, etc. The drying conditions are not particularly limited as long as the solvent can be evaporated and the material such as the pigment or the dispersant is not modified. If other dispersants and the like are modified at a temperature lower than this, it is of course necessary to lower the temperature. However, depending on the type of solvent to be used, it is also considered that the drying speed is slow in the allowable temperature range. In this case, for the purpose of increasing the drying speed, depending on the type of the dryer, the combination of decompression, stirring and mixing, and multiple stages Means of equalization. The amount of the solvent portion to be reduced or removed is not particularly limited, and in the aspect of reducing the solvent portion, it is preferable to remove more than 5% by mass of the entire solvent portion, and more preferably to remove more than 7.5 mass% or more. . In the aspect in which the solvent portion is removed to form the pigment fine particle powder, it is preferable to remove 80% by mass or more of the entire solvent portion, and more preferably 90% by mass or more. When the solvent portion is reduced by reducing or removing the solvent portion, the water content in the residual dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0 to 0 to 1%. 1% by mass. In this case, it is preferable to remove the solvent portion by the above-described drying method or the like, and to become the pigment fine particle powder - 62 - 201038678, the content of the solid content at this time is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 70%. 100% by mass. The concentration step can also be performed multiple times. The polymer compounds A to D used as preferred embodiments of the present invention are preferably added before the final concentration step. By doing so, the surface of the pigment fine particles is coated with the polymer compounds A to D, and it is possible to effectively suppress the formation of aggregates of the pigment fine particles during concentration or to effectively weaken the cohesive force, and to obtain a dispersion in a state close to the primary particles. A color filter with a high contrast ratio can be obtained. The pigment fine particles can be used, for example, in a state of being dispersed in a vehicle. When the coating medium is a coating material, it means a part of a medium in which a pigment is dispersed in a liquid state, and includes a liquid portion which is bonded to the pigment to fix a coating film (adhesive), and a component which dissolves and dilutes the organic pigment (organic) Solvent). Further, in the present invention, the binder used in the formation of the pigment fine particles may be the same as or different from the binder used in the redispersion. According to the action of the fine particles at the time of redispersion, the state of coagulation can be distinguished as follows. • Aggregate For example, if the crystal faces of the primary particles adhere to each other and crystallize and grow together, they cannot be separated in the dispersion step (without crystal failure). • Agglomarate A state in which, for example, only the angle or ridge of a particle adheres, it is separable in the dispersion step. In this state, a slow re-agglomeration is carried out once the dispersed pigment particles re-agglomerate in the dispersion medium. Furthermore, soft aggregates are also referred to as flocs -63 - 201038678 (Flock). The present invention is not limited to this state in the explanation, but is preferably a soft condensed state in which the redispersibility is good. Moreover, when this state is not distinguished, it is only called Aggregate. The pigment fine particle concentration of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is appropriately determined depending on the purpose, and preferably the pigment fine particles are preferably from 2 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 4 to 20% by mass based on the total amount of the dispersed composition. %, particularly preferably 5 to 15% by mass. When it is dispersed in the vehicle as described above, the amount of the binder and the dissolved diluent component can be appropriately determined depending on the type of the organic pigment, etc., and the binder is preferably 1 to 30 by mass based on the total amount of the dispersed composition. %, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass 'extra good for 5 to 15% by mass. The dissolved diluent component is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 70% by mass. In the concentrated pigment fine particle liquid in which the solvent portion has been reduced, as described above, the nanoparticles are agglomerated. As a method of redispersing such agglomerated pigment microparticles, for example, a dispersion method by ultrasonic waves or a method of applying physical energy can be used. The ultrasonic irradiation device to be used preferably has a function of applying an ultrasonic wave of 10 kHz or more, and examples thereof include an ultrasonic homogenizer and an ultrasonic cleaner. When the liquid temperature rises during the ultrasonic irradiation, thermal aggregation of the nanoparticles is caused (see Non-Patent Document 1), so the liquid temperature is preferably 1 to 1 〇〇 ° C, more preferably 5 to 60 ° C. . The temperature control method can be carried out by controlling the temperature of the dispersion, temperature control of the temperature control layer of the temperature control dispersion, and the like. The dispersing machine to be used is not particularly limited, as long as the physical energy is applied to disperse the concentrated fine particles of the pigment, and examples thereof include a kneader, a -64 - 201038678 roll mill, a vertical ball mill, a super honing machine, A dispersing machine such as a melting machine or a homogenizer sander. Further, a high-pressure dispersion method or a dispersion method using fine particle beads may be mentioned as suitable. [Color filter, raw material composition and material] The above-described pigment dispersion, its concentrate, and dry powder can be used as a color filter, a raw material composition, and a material which can exhibit good performance. For example, JP-A-2007-62378, JP-A-2008-007773, JP-A-2008-291193, JP-A-2009-242687, and the like can be referred to. The following is a brief description. • Colored photosensitive resin composition The colored photosensitive resin composition contains a dispersion composition of the above organic pigment fine particles, a binder, a monomer or an oligomer, a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. The content of the fine particles of the pigment is preferably from 3 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition (in the present invention, the total solid content is a total of the organic solvent) It is 20 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 25 to 60% by mass. If the amount is too large, 〇y increases the viscosity of the dispersion, and there is a problem in manufacturing suitability. If it is too small, the tinting strength is insufficient. Further, it can also be used in combination with a usual pigment for coloring. The pigments can be used as described above. The monomer or oligomer is preferably a polyfunctional monomer which has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds and undergoes addition polymerization by irradiation of light. Examples of the monomer and the oligomer include a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule and a boiling point of 100 ° C or more at normal pressure. -65 - 201038678 As the binder, a binder having an acidic group is preferred. The binder may be used alone or in a state of a composition for use in a usual film-forming polymer, and the amount of the pigment is generally 10 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 10 parts by mass or more. It is 25 to 100 parts by mass. The photopolymerization initiator or the photopolymerization initiator (in the present invention, the photopolymerization initiator is a mixture which exhibits a photopolymerization initiation function in a combination of a plurality of compounds), and a conventional one can be suitably used. For example, the specification of US Pat. No. 2,367,660, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,725,512, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,046,127, the specification of the same as No. 295 1 75, and the U.S. patent The disclosure of Japanese Patent Publication No. 5, 493, filed No. 5, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. As a suitable person. The photopolymerization initiator or the photopolymerization initiator system may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, and it is particularly preferable to use two or more types. When at least two kinds of photopolymerization initiators are used, the display characteristics are particularly reduced. The content of the photopolymerization initiator or the photopolymerization initiator is generally 0.5 to 20% by mass, preferably 1 to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. If the amount is too large, the sensitivity becomes too high and the control becomes difficult. If it is too small, the exposure sensitivity becomes too low. As the radiation which can be used at the time of exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line or i-line are particularly preferable. The irradiation amount is preferably from 5 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably from 10 to 10 μm/cm 2 , particularly preferably from 500 to 500 mJ/cm 2 . The above colored photosensitive resin composition can be obtained by a usual coating method - 66 - 201038678 to apply 'can be formed by drying it to form a coating film. Examples of the coating method include application of a slit nozzle, spin coating, and the like. • Inkjet ink The inkjet ink of the present invention can be used as a general inkjet ink for image formation, in addition to a color filter, and is preferably used as an inkjet ink for a color filter. . The embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited as the inkjet ink. For example, a method described in JP-A-2002-201387 or the like is preferably used. In the ink jet ink of the present invention, a photopolymerization ruthenium initiator or a photopolymerization initiator system (d) or other additives may be further contained. The content of each component ((a) to (d), other additives) can be the same as that previously described in the coloring photosensitive composition. However, when the ink jet ink of the present invention is an ink for color filter production, it is preferably not a photosensitive ink, and it is preferred not to use a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. In the present invention, before the ink is formed by the ink jet ink using the color filter, it is preferable to prepare the partition wall in advance, and to apply ink to the portion surrounded by the partition wall. The partition wall may be of any form, but it is preferably a light-shielding partition wall (hereinafter also referred to as "partition wall") which is a function of a black matrix when producing a color filter sheet. This partition wall can be produced by the same material and method as the conventional black matrix for a color filter. Photosensitive transfer material The photosensitive transfer material of the present invention is formed of a photosensitive resin layer having the above-described colored photosensitive resin composition, and the specific configuration is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferable to use an integrated type. The film is formed. As an example of the constitution of the one-piece film, a temporary support/heat-67 - 201038678 plastic resin layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film is laminated in this order. In the photosensitive transfer material, the film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0 μm, more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0 μm, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 3.0 μm. Further, although it is not particularly limited, the preferred thickness of the other layers is 15 to ΙΟΟμηη, the thermoplastic resin layer is 2 to 30 μm, the intermediate layer is 0.5 to 3.0 μm, and the protective film is 4 to 4. 40 μηι is generally preferred. • Color filter The contrast in the present invention is shown in the ratio between the distance between the two polarizing plates and the amount of transmitted light when the polarization axes are parallel (see the 7th Color Optical Conference, 512 Color Display 10.4 in 1990). Color filters for TFT-LCD, Ueki, Xiaoguan, Fuyong, Shanzhong, etc.). The high contrast of the color filter means that the difference in brightness and darkness when combined with the liquid crystal can be large. In order to replace the CRT with a liquid crystal display, it is a very important performance. When the color filter of the present invention is used as a television, F10 The difference between the chromaticity of each of the red (R), green (G), and blue (B) light sources and the enthalpy (hereinafter referred to as "target chromaticity" of the present invention) in the following table (ΔΕ) It is preferable that the range within 5 is more preferably within 3, and particularly preferably within 2.

X y Y R 0.656 0.336 21.4 G 0.293 0.634 52.1 Β 0.146 0.088 6.90 本發明中的色度係藉由顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學 -68 - 201038678 公司製,OSP100或200)來測定,當作Flo光源視野2度的 結果來計算,以xyz表色系的xyY値來表示。又,與目標 色度的差係由La%^表色系的色差來表示。 具備本發明的彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置係對比高, 黑色緻密等的描寫力優異,特佳爲VA方式。亦可適用作 爲筆記型個人電腦用顯示器或電視監視器等的大畫面液晶 顯示裝置等。又,本發明的彩色濾光片係可使用於CCD裝 置,發揮優異的性能。 [實施例] 以下,以實施例爲基礎來更詳細說明本發明,惟本發 明不受此等所限定。 &lt;合成例1 &gt; (高分子化合物A的P-1之合成) 將 27.0 克前述 M-6、126.0 克 MMA、27.0 克 MAA 及 420.0克1-甲氧基-2-丙醇導入經氮氣置換的三口燒瓶內, 藉由攪拌機(新東科學(股):Three-one Motor)來攪拌,邊 使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加熱升溫到90 °C爲止。於其中添加 1.80克2,2-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)(和光純藥(股)製V-65) ,在90°C進行2小時加熱攪拌。2小時後,再添加1.80克 V-65,加熱攪拌3小時後,得到高分子化合物P-1的30質 量%溶液。於下述條件下,藉由以聚苯乙烯當作標準物質 的凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)來測定。又,根據使用氫氧化鈉 的滴定,每固體成分的酸價爲99mgKOH/g。此等的測定方 法在以下的合成例中係同樣。下表1中顯示結果。 -69 - 201038678 [分子量的測定方法] 以下顯示分子量測定的具體條件。 裝置:HLC- 8220GPC(東曹(股)製) 檢測器:差示折射計(RI檢測器) 預管柱:TSKGUARDCOLUMN MP(XL) 6mmx40mm(東曹(股)製) 樣品側管柱:直接連結以下的2支(皆東曹(股)製) • TSK-GEL Multipore-HXL-M 7.8mmx 3 00mm 參考側管柱:與樣品側管柱相同 恒溫槽溫度:4 (TC 移動層:四氫呋喃 樣品側移動層流量:l.OmL/分鐘 參考側移動層流量:〇.3mL/分鐘 試料濃度:〇. 1重量% 試料注入量:1 〇〇μί 數據採集時間:試料注入後16分鐘〜46分鐘 取樣間隔·· 3 0 0 m s e c &lt;合成例2 &gt; (高分子化合物B的P-2、P-3之合成) 於 500mL的三口燒瓶中,導入160.0克 ε-己內酯、 18·3克2-乙基-1-己醇,邊吹入氮氣邊攪拌溶解。添加0.1 克氧化單丁錫,加熱到1 〇(TC。8小時後,以氣相層析術 確認原料消失後,冷卻到80°C爲止。添加0.1克2,6-二第 三丁基-4-甲基苯酚後,添加22.2克2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙 -70 - 201038678 基異氰酸酯。5小時後,以H NMR確認原料消失後,冷卻 到室溫爲止,得到200克固體狀的單體(A_5)。單體(A_5) 係藉由H NMR、IR、質量分析來確認。 所得之單體(A-5)係即述通式(i)、(ii)或(丨)_2所示的單 體之較佳具體例所舉出者。 將37.5克單體(A-5)、5.0克單體M-11、7.5克甲基丙 烯酸、1.3克十二基硫醇及116.7克1-甲氧基-2_丙醇導入 經氮氣置換的三口燒瓶內,藉由攪拌機(新東科學(股)·· ^ Three-one Motor)來攪拌,邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加熱升溫 到75 °C爲止。於其中添加0.3克2,2-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊 腈)(和光純藥(股)製的「V-65」),在75°C進行2小時加熱 攪拌。2小時後,再添加0.3克V - 6 5,加熱攪拌3小時後 ,得到高分子化合物P-2的30%溶液。 &lt;合成例3 &gt; (高分子化合物C的P-4 ' Ρ·5、P-6之合成) (高分子化合物P-4) 〇 將14.0克M-11 (前述高分子化合物A之說明的例示化 合物M-11)、105.0克末端具有甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯 酸甲酯(AA-6:東亞合成公司製)、21·〇克丙烯酸、5.6克 正十二基硫醇及327克甲氧基丙二醇導入經氮氣置換的三 口燒瓶內,藉由攪拌機(新東科學(股):Three-one Motor) 來攪拌’邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加熱升溫到75°c爲止。於 其中添加1.1克2,2-偶氮雙(2 -甲基丙酸二甲酯)(和光純藥( 股)製,V-60 1),在75°C進行2小時加熱攪拌。然後,再添 -71 - 201038678 加1.1克V - 6 0 1,過熱攪拌2小時後,升溫到9 〇 而加熱 攪拌2小時後,得到高分子化合物p-4的30%溶液。再者 ,由iH-NMR所求得的重複單位組成比(質量比)爲 20/65/15 。 (高分子化合物P-5) 藉由與上述高分子化合物P-2、3之合成中所用的A-5 同樣的方法來合成高分子化合物A-16。 將14.0克M-11、105.0克上述合成的A-16、21.0克丙 烯酸、3.1克正十二基硫醇及327克甲氧基丙二醇導入經 氮氣置換的三口燒瓶內,藉由攪拌機(新東科學(股): Three-one Motor)來攪拌,邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加熱升溫 到75°C爲止。於其中添加1 ·2克2,2-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸二 甲酯)(和光純藥(股)製,V-601),在75°C進行2小時加熱攪 拌。然後,再添加1.2克V-601,過熱攪拌2小時後,升 溫到90°C而加熱攪拌2小時後,得到高分子化合物P-5的 30%溶液。再者,由1H-NMR所求得的重複單位組成比(質 量比)爲 20/65/ 1 5。 (高分子化合物P-6) 將28.0克甲基丙烯酸苄酯、91.0克上述合成的A-16、 21.0克丙烯酸、4.2克正十二基硫醇及327克甲氧基丙二 醇導入經氮氣置換的三口燒瓶內,藉由攪拌機(新東科學( 股):Three-one Motor)來攪拌,邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加 熱升溫到75 °C爲止。於其中添加1.0克2,2-偶氮雙(2-甲基 丙酸二甲酯)(和光純藥(股)製,V-601),在75°C進行2小時 -72 - 201038678 加熱攪拌。然後,再添加1.0克V-601,過熱攪拌2小時 後,升溫到90。(:而加熱攪拌2小時後,得到高分子化合物 ?-6的30%溶液。再者,由111-&gt;^11所求得的重複單位組 成比(質量比)爲20/65/ 1 5。 &lt;合成例4 &gt; (高分子化合物D的P-7、P-8之合成) 於1L的三口燒瓶中,混合69克甲基丙烯醯胺、136克 三乙胺、130mL的四氫呋喃,進行冰冷。於此溶液中,費 1.5小時滴下在200mL的四氫呋喃中溶解有161克樟腦磺 醯氯之溶液,攪拌1小時。反應結束後,以2mol/L的稀鹽 酸來中和,用醋酸乙酯萃取2次。用2mol/L的氫氧化鈉水 溶液來萃取油層。將水層冰冷後,滴下鹽酸,濾取所晶析 、析出的白色結晶,以水洗淨,得到1 〇3克目的物之化合 物 G _ 1。 測定1H-NMR(400MHz、CDC13),鑑定化合物。 δ 0.91(S,3H),1.08(S,3H),1.47(td,1H),2.03(M,4H), 2.00(S, 3H), 2.36(M, 2H), 3.38(D, 1H), 3.93(D, 1H), 5.65(D, 1H), 5.92(D, 1H), 8.65(bs, 1H) 將28_0克BzMA、91.0克末端具有甲基丙烯醯基的聚 甲基丙烯酸甲酯(AA-6 :東亞合成(股)製)、21.0克G-1、 2.9克正十二基硫醇及327克甲氧基丙二醇導入經氮氣置 換的三口燒瓶內,藉由攪拌機(新東科學(股):Three-one Motor)來攪拌,邊使氮氣流入燒瓶內邊加熱升溫到78C&gt;c爲 止。於其中添加0.8克2,2 -偶氮雙(2_甲基丙酸二甲酯)(和 -73 - 201038678 光純藥(股)製V-601),在78°C進行2小時加熱攪拌。2小 時後,再添加0.8份的V-601 ’加熱攪拌3小時後,得到 高分子化合物C的P-7之30%溶液。 同樣地合成高分子化合物C的P-8。 [表P]X y YR 0.656 0.336 21.4 G 0.293 0.634 52.1 Β 0.146 0.088 6.90 The chromaticity in the present invention is measured by a micro spectrophotometer (Olympus Optics - 68 - 201038678, OSP 100 or 200), and is used as a field of view of the Flo source. The result of 2 degrees is calculated and expressed by xyY値 of the xyz color system. Further, the difference from the target chromaticity is represented by the chromatic aberration of the La%^ color system. The liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention has a high contrast ratio, and is excellent in drawing power such as black densification, and particularly preferably a VA method. It can also be used as a large-screen liquid crystal display device such as a notebook display for notebook computers or a TV monitor. Further, the color filter of the present invention can be used in a CCD device to exhibit excellent performance. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on the examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 &gt; (Synthesis of P-1 of Polymer Compound A) 27.0 g of the above M-6, 126.0 g of MMA, 27.0 g of MAA and 420.0 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol were introduced into the nitrogen gas. In the three-necked flask which was replaced, the mixture was stirred by a stirrer (Three-one Motor), and nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask to be heated to 90 °C. 1.80 g of 2,2-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (V-65, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 90 ° C for 2 hours. After 2 hours, another 1.80 g of V-65 was added, and the mixture was stirred under heating for 3 hours to obtain a 30 mass% solution of the polymer compound P-1. It was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using polystyrene as a standard substance under the following conditions. Further, the acid value per solid component was 99 mgKOH/g based on titration using sodium hydroxide. These measurement methods are the same in the following synthesis examples. The results are shown in Table 1 below. -69 - 201038678 [Method for Measuring Molecular Weight] The specific conditions for molecular weight measurement are shown below. Device: HLC-8220GPC (made by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI detector) Pre-column: TSKGUARDCOLUMN MP (XL) 6mmx40mm (made by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Sample side column: direct connection The following two (all are Dongcao (share) system) • TSK-GEL Multipore-HXL-M 7.8mmx 3 00mm reference side column: same as the sample side column Temperature bath temperature: 4 (TC moving layer: tetrahydrofuran sample side Moving layer flow rate: l.OmL/min Reference side moving layer flow rate: 〇.3mL/min Sample concentration: 〇. 1% by weight Sample injection amount: 1 〇〇μί Data acquisition time: 16 minutes to 46 minutes after sample injection ··················· -Ethyl-1-hexanol, stirred and dissolved while blowing nitrogen gas. Add 0.1 g of monobutyltin oxide and heat to 1 〇 (TC. After 8 hours, confirm the disappearance of the raw materials by gas chromatography, cool to 80 After adding 0.1 g of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 22.2 g of 2-methylpropenyloxy group B was added. -70 - 201038678 ketone isocyanate. After 5 hours, the disappearance of the starting material was confirmed by H NMR, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain 200 g of a solid monomer (A-5). The monomer (A_5) was H NMR, IR, It is confirmed by mass spectrometry. The obtained monomer (A-5) is a preferred specific example of the monomer represented by the above formula (i), (ii) or (丨)_2. The body (A-5), 5.0 g of monomer M-11, 7.5 g of methacrylic acid, 1.3 g of dodecyl mercaptan and 116.7 g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol were introduced into a three-necked flask substituted with nitrogen. The mixture was stirred by a stirrer (New East Science Co., Ltd.) and heated to 75 ° C while flowing nitrogen into the flask, and 0.3 g of 2,2-azobis (2) was added thereto. , 4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ("V-65" manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.), heated and stirred at 75 ° C for 2 hours. After 2 hours, 0.3 g of V - 6 5 was added and heated and stirred. After 3 hours, a 30% solution of the polymer compound P-2 was obtained. <Synthesis Example 3 &gt; (P-4 of polymer compound C Ρ·5, synthesis of P-6) (polymer compound P-4) ) will be 14.0 grams of M-11 (the aforementioned high Illustrative compound M-11) described in the sub-compound A, 105.0 g of polymethyl methacrylate having a methacryl fluorenyl group at the end (AA-6: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 21·g acryl, 5.6 g. Dithiol and 327 g of methoxypropanediol were introduced into a three-necked flask equipped with nitrogen, and stirred by a stirrer (Three-one Motor) to allow nitrogen to flow into the flask and heat up to 75°. °c so far. 1.1 g of 2,2-azobis(dimethyl 2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., V-60 1) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 75 ° C for 2 hours. Then, -71 - 201038678 was added and 1.1 g of V - 60 was added. After stirring for 2 hours, the mixture was heated to 9 Torr and heated and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a 30% solution of the polymer compound p-4. Further, the repeating unit composition ratio (mass ratio) obtained by iH-NMR was 20/65/15. (Polymer Compound P-5) The polymer compound A-16 was synthesized by the same method as A-5 used in the synthesis of the above polymer compounds P-2 and 3. 14.0 g of M-11, 105.0 g of the above synthesized A-16, 21.0 g of acrylic acid, 3.1 g of n-dodecyl mercaptan and 327 g of methoxypropanediol were introduced into a nitrogen-substituted three-necked flask by means of a stirrer (New East) Science (Fly): Three-one Motor), while stirring, the nitrogen gas was poured into the flask and heated to 75 °C. 1 2 g of 2,2-azobis(dimethyl 2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., V-601) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C for 2 hours with heating. Then, 1.2 g of V-601 was further added, and the mixture was stirred under heating for 2 hours, and then heated to 90 ° C and heated and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a 30% solution of the polymer compound P-5. Further, the repeating unit composition ratio (mass ratio) obtained by 1H-NMR was 20/65/15. (Polymer compound P-6) 28.0 g of benzyl methacrylate, 91.0 g of the above-prepared A-16, 21.0 g of acrylic acid, 4.2 g of n-dodecyl mercaptan and 327 g of methoxypropanediol were introduced and replaced with nitrogen. In a three-necked flask, the mixture was stirred by a stirrer (Three-one Motor), and nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask to be heated to 75 °C. 1.0 g of 2,2-azobis(dimethyl 2-methylpropionate) (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., V-601) was added thereto, and heated at 75 ° C for 2 hours - 72 - 201038678 . Then, 1.0 g of V-601 was further added, and after heating for 2 hours, the temperature was raised to 90. (: After heating and stirring for 2 hours, a 30% solution of the polymer compound ?-6 was obtained. Further, the repeating unit composition ratio (mass ratio) obtained by 111-&gt;^11 was 20/65/1 5 &lt;Synthesis Example 4 &gt; (Synthesis of P-7 and P-8 of Polymer Compound D) In a 1-L three-necked flask, 69 g of methacrylamide, 136 g of triethylamine, and 130 mL of tetrahydrofuran were mixed. The solution was ice-cooled. In this solution, a solution of 161 g of camphorsulfonyl chloride dissolved in 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise for 1.5 hours, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, it was neutralized with 2 mol/L of dilute hydrochloric acid, and acetic acid B was used. The ester was extracted twice. The oil layer was extracted with a 2 mol/L aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. After the aqueous layer was ice-cooled, hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, and the crystals which were crystallized and precipitated were collected by filtration and washed with water to obtain 1 g of a target product. Compound G _ 1. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) was determined to identify the compound. δ 0.91 (S, 3H), 1.08 (S, 3H), 1.47 (td, 1H), 2.03 (M, 4H), 2.00 ( S, 3H), 2.36(M, 2H), 3.38(D, 1H), 3.93(D, 1H), 5.65(D, 1H), 5.92(D, 1H), 8.65(bs, 1H) 28_0g BzMA 91.0 g end with methacrylonitrile Polymethyl methacrylate (AA-6: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 21.0 g of G-1, 2.9 g of n-dodecyl mercaptan and 327 g of methoxypropanediol were introduced into a three-necked flask substituted with nitrogen. The mixture was stirred by a stirrer (Three-one Motor), and nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask and heated to 78 C &gt; c. 0.8 g of 2,2-azobis (2-methyl group) was added thereto. Dimethyl propionate) (and V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), heated and stirred at 78 ° C for 2 hours. After 2 hours, 0.8 parts of V-601 was added and heated and stirred for 3 hours. Thereafter, a 30% solution of P-7 of the polymer compound C was obtained. P-8 of the polymer compound C was synthesized in the same manner. [Table P]

No. 構成單位的組成 質量平均分 子量 酸偸 (mgKOH/g) P-1 M-6(15) MMA(70) MAA(20) 21,000 98 P-2 A-5(75) M-ll(10) MAA(15) 18,000 99 P-3 A-5(75) BzMA(10) MAA(15) 18,000 97 P-4 M-ll(75) AA-6(10) AA(15) 19,000 117 P-5 A-16(75) M-ll(lO) AA(15) 23,000 117 P-6 A-16(65) BzMA(20) AA(15) 21,000 117 P-7 BzMA(20) AA-6(65) G-l(15) 20,000 98 P-8 M-15(20) AA-6(65) G-13(15) 23,000 85 ()內爲質量% AA :丙烯酸 MAA :甲基丙烯酸 MMA :甲基丙烯酸甲酯 M_ll:前述通式(11)所示的重複單位No. Composition unit mass average molecular weight acid strontium (mgKOH/g) P-1 M-6(15) MMA(70) MAA(20) 21,000 98 P-2 A-5(75) M-ll(10) MAA(15) 18,000 99 P-3 A-5(75) BzMA(10) MAA(15) 18,000 97 P-4 M-ll(75) AA-6(10) AA(15) 19,000 117 P-5 A -16(75) M-ll(lO) AA(15) 23,000 117 P-6 A-16(65) BzMA(20) AA(15) 21,000 117 P-7 BzMA(20) AA-6(65) Gl (15) 20,000 98 P-8 M-15(20) AA-6(65) G-13(15) 23,000 85 (% by mass) AA: Acrylic MAA: Methacrylic acid MMA: Methyl methacrylate M_ll : repeating unit represented by the above formula (11)

BzMA :甲基丙烯酸苄酯 A A-6 :—末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯寡聚物 (Mn = 6〇〇〇,東亞合成化學工業(股)製) (實施例I ·比較例II) &lt;有機顏料分散組成物的調製&gt; (比較例1) 調製於1000ml的二甲亞碾中,添加有33.3ml的甲醇 鈉2 8 %甲醇溶液、5 0克顏料C . I.顏料紅2 5 4 :商品名 Irgaphor Red BT-CF汽巴特殊化學品(股)公司製)、1〇〇·0 -74 - 201038678 克聚乙烯吡咯啶酮之顏料溶液A。與其不同地,準備含有 16ml的lmol/1鹽酸之水1000ml當作弱溶劑。 此處,將溫度控制在1 81,於經藤澤藥品工業公司製 GK-0222-1 0型拉蒙特攪拌器以500rpm攪拌的弱溶劑之水 1000ml中,使用日本精密化學公司製NP-KX-500型大容 量無脈流栗,以l〇〇ml/min的流速注入100ml的顏料溶液 A,而形成有機顏料粒子,以調製顏料分散液A。對此顏 料分散液,使用日機裝公司製Nanotrack UPA-EX150來測 〇 定粒徑、單分散度。下表1中顯示結果。 以日立工機(股)公司製高速離心冷卻機 HIMAC SCR20B &gt;在3500rpm(2000G)、1小時的條件下,對上述方 法所調製的顏料微粒子分散液進行離心分離,丟棄上清部 ,回收已沈降的顏料微粒子濃縮糊。使用阿基任特 (Agilent)公司製8453型分光光度計來測定糊的顏料含有率 ,結果爲12.5質量%。 於16.0克上述顏料微粒子調製糊中,添加50.0cc的乳 〇 酸乙酯,以溶解器在1 500rpm攪拌60分鐘後,藉由使用 住友電工超效能高分子公司製FP-010型過濾器來過濾,而 得到糊狀的濃縮顏料液cl 1(奈米顏料濃度33質量%)。再 以下述處方來混合其而成爲顏料分散組成物ell。 [顏料分散組成物的調製] 前述糊狀的濃縮顏料液ell 19.5克 顏料分散劑A 0.6克 3.2克 下述高分子化合物(C-18) -75 - 201038678 1-甲氧基-2-丙基醋酸酯 45.3克 關於顏料分散劑A,依照特開2000-239554號公報來合 成。 在Mortormill M-50(EIGER日本公司製)中,使用直徑 0.6 5 mm的氧化鉻珠,以周速9m/s將上述組成的顏料分散 組成物分散1小時。BzMA: benzyl methacrylate A A-6 :- terminal methacryl oxime-based polymethyl methacrylate oligomer (Mn = 6 〇〇〇, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (Example I Comparative Example II) &lt;Preparation of Organic Pigment Dispersion Composition&gt; (Comparative Example 1) In 1000 ml of dimethyl ya mill, 33.3 ml of sodium methoxide 28% methanol solution and 50 g of pigment C were added. I. Pigment Red 2 5 4 : Trade name Irgaphor Red BT-CF Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 1〇〇·0 -74 - 201038678 g of polyvinylpyrrolidone pigment solution A. Instead of this, 1000 ml of water containing 16 ml of 1 mol/l hydrochloric acid was prepared as a weak solvent. Here, the temperature was controlled at 181, and NP-KX-500 manufactured by Nippon Precision Chemical Co., Ltd. was used in 1000 ml of water of a weak solvent stirred at 500 rpm by GK-0222-1 0 type Lamont mixer manufactured by Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. A large-capacity pulseless flow pump was used to inject 100 ml of the pigment solution A at a flow rate of 10 μm/min to form organic pigment particles to prepare a pigment dispersion A. For this pigment dispersion, the Nanotrack UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd. was used to measure the particle size and monodispersity. The results are shown in Table 1 below. The pigment fine particle dispersion prepared by the above method was centrifuged at 3500 rpm (2000 G) for 1 hour, and the supernatant was discarded by a high-speed centrifugal cooling machine HIMAC SCR20B &gt; manufactured by Hitachi Kogyo Co., Ltd., and the recovered portion was collected. The settled pigment microparticles are concentrated. The pigment content of the paste was measured using an 8453 spectrophotometer manufactured by Agilent Co., Ltd., and found to be 12.5% by mass. 56.0 cc of ethyl decanoate was added to 16.0 g of the above-mentioned pigment fine particle preparation paste, and the mixture was stirred at 1,500 rpm for 60 minutes in a dissolver, and then filtered by using a FP-010 type filter manufactured by Sumitomo Electric Super Performance Polymer Co., Ltd. Thus, a paste-like concentrated pigment liquid cl 1 (nano pigment concentration: 33% by mass) was obtained. Further, it was mixed by the following formulation to become a pigment dispersion composition ell. [Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Composition] The above paste-like concentrated pigment liquid ell 19.5 g of pigment dispersant A 0.6 g 3.2 g of the following polymer compound (C-18) -75 - 201038678 1-methoxy-2-propyl 45.3 g of the acetate was synthesized in accordance with JP-A-2000-239554. In a Mortormill M-50 (manufactured by EIGER Japan Co., Ltd.), the pigment dispersion composition of the above composition was dispersed for 1 hour at a peripheral speed of 9 m/s using chrome oxide beads having a diameter of 0.65 mm.

(實施例1) 除了不用聚乙烯吡咯啶酮,於16克調製有上述顏料溶 液A的顏料微粒子調製糊中,添加〇.3克表1中所示的高 分子化合物P-1(參照前述合成例)後,添加50.Occ的乳酸 乙酯以外’與比較例1同樣地,得到顏料分散組成物1。 除了不用聚乙烯吡咯啶酮來調製上述顏料溶液A,代替前 述高分子化合物C-18,使用表1中所示的高分子化合物( 參照前述合成例)以外,與比較例1同樣地得到顏料分散組 成物102〜108。除了不用聚乙烯吡咯啶酮,於16克調製 有上述顏料溶液A的顏料微粒子調製糊中,添加〇.3克表 1中所示的高分子化合物P-1 (參照前述合成例)後,添加 50.Occ的乳酸乙酯,而且代替前述高分子化合物c-18,使 -76 - 201038678 用表1中所示的高分子化合物P_5以外,與比較例i同樣 地得到顏料分散組成物1 09。 [表1] 分散組成物No 高分子化合物 平均粒徑 單分散度 比較例1-1 晒 - ell C-18 33nm 1.29 實施例Μ 101 P-1 34nm 1.15 實施例1-2 102 P-2 34nm 1.15 實施例1-3 103 P-3 34nm 1.15 實施例1-4 104 P-4 34nm 1.15 實施例1-5 105 P-5 34nm 1.15 實施例1-6 106 P-6 34nm 1.15 實施例1-7 107 P-7 34nm 1.15 實施例1-8 108 P-8 34nm 1.15 實施例1-9 109 P-1+P-5 34nm 1.15 (實施例II ·比較例Π) 〇 〈彩色濾光片C2 1的製作(以使用縫狀噴嘴的塗佈來製作)&gt; [黑(K)圖像的形成] 以UV洗淨裝置來洗淨無鹼玻璃基板後’使用洗淨劑來 刷洗乾淨,再用超純水進行超音波洗淨。將該基板在120 °C熱處理3分鐘’以使表面狀態安定化。 將該基板冷卻而調溫至23 °C後’藉由具有縫狀噴嘴的 玻璃基板用塗佈機(FAS亞洲公司製,商品名:MH- 1 600) ,塗佈下述表1 -1記載的組成所成的著色感光性樹脂組成 -77 - 201038678 物K1。接著,在VCD(真空乾燥裝置;東京應化工業(股) 公司製)中30秒’以乾燥溶劑的—部分’而喪失塗佈層的 流動性後,在l2〇°C預烘烤3 感光性樹脂層K1。 [表1-1] 感光性樹脂層K1 分鐘’而得到膜厚2.4 μηι的 25質量份 8.0質量份 53質量份 9 · 1質量份 0.002質量份 4.2質量份 0.16質量份 0.044質量份 K顏料分散組成物1(碳黑) 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 甲基乙基酮 黏結劑2 氫醌單甲基醚 DPHA 液(Example 1) A polymer compound P-1 shown in Table 1 was added to 16 g of the pigment fine particle preparation paste prepared with the above pigment solution A except that polyvinylpyrrolidone was not used (refer to the above synthesis). After the example), the pigment dispersion composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that 50. Occ of ethyl lactate was added. In the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that the above-mentioned pigment solution A was prepared without using polyvinylpyrrolidone, the polymer compound shown in Table 1 was used instead of the polymer compound C-18 (see the above-mentioned synthesis example). Compositions 102 to 108. In addition to the use of the polyvinylpyrrolidone, 16 g of the polymer compound P-1 shown in Table 1 was added to the pigment fine particle preparation paste prepared with the above pigment solution A (see the above-mentioned synthesis example), and then added. In the same manner as in Comparative Example i, the pigment dispersion composition was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example i except that the polymer compound C-18 was used in the same manner as in the above-mentioned polymer compound C-?. [Table 1] Dispersion Composition No Polymer Compound Average Particle Diameter Monodispersity Comparative Example 1-1 Sun-ell C-18 33 nm 1.29 Example Μ 101 P-1 34 nm 1.15 Example 1-2 102 P-2 34 nm 1.15 Examples 1-3 103 P-3 34 nm 1.15 Examples 1-4 104 P-4 34 nm 1.15 Examples 1-5 105 P-5 34 nm 1.15 Examples 1-6 106 P-6 34 nm 1.15 Examples 1-7 107 P-7 34nm 1.15 Example 1-8 108 P-8 34nm 1.15 Example 1-9 109 P-1+P-5 34nm 1.15 (Example II - Comparative Example) 〇 <Production of Color Filter C2 1 (made by coating using a slit nozzle) &gt; [Formation of black (K) image] After washing the alkali-free glass substrate with a UV cleaning device, 'cleaning with a detergent, and then using ultra-pure The water is ultrasonically washed. The substrate was heat-treated at 120 °C for 3 minutes to stabilize the surface state. After cooling the substrate and adjusting the temperature to 23 ° C, the coating machine (manufactured by FAS Asia, trade name: MH-1600) having a slit nozzle was coated with the following Table 1-1. The composition of the colored photosensitive resin consists of -77 - 201038678 K1. Then, in the VCD (Vacuum Drying Apparatus; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), the fluidity of the coating layer was lost in a portion of the dry solvent for 30 seconds, and then pre-baked at 1 〇 ° C for 3 sensitization. Resin layer K1. [Table 1-1] photosensitive resin layer K1 minute', 25 parts by mass of 8.0 parts by mass, 53 parts by mass, 9 parts by mass, 0.002 parts by mass, 4.2 parts by mass, 0.16 parts by mass, 0.044 parts by mass, of K pigment dispersion composition. 1 (carbon black) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate methyl ethyl ketone binder 2 hydroquinone monomethyl ether DPHA solution

聚合引發劑A 界面活性劑1 藉由具有超高壓水銀燈的近接型曝光機(日立高科技電 子工程(股)製),在基板與光罩(具有影像圖案的石英曝光 光罩)爲垂直豎立的狀態下’將曝光光罩面與該感光性樹脂 層之間的距離設定爲2〇〇μιη’以300mJ/cm2的曝光量進行 圖案曝光。 接著,用噴淋式噴嘴來將純水噴霧’對該感光性樹脂 層K1的表面均勻弄濕後,藉由KOH系顯像液(含有KOH 、非離子界面活性劑,商品名·· c D κ - !,富士電子材料 公司製,經1〇〇倍稀釋的液),在以〇.〇4MPa的扁 -78 - 201038678 平噴嘴壓力進行噴淋顯像80秒,而得到圖案化的圖像。 接著,用超高壓洗淨噴嘴,以9.8MPa的壓力噴射超純水 而進行殘渣去除,得到黑(K)的圖像K。繼續’在220°C熱 處理30分鐘。 著色感光性樹脂組成物K1,係藉由首先量取K顏料分 散組成物1、丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯,在溫度24 °C (±2 °C ) 進行混合,以150rpm攪拌10分鐘,接著量取甲基乙基酮 、黏結劑 2、氫醌單甲基醚、DPHA液、聚合引發劑 ^ A(2,4-雙(三氯甲基)·6-[4’-(Ν,Ν-雙乙氧羰基甲基)胺基-3’- 溴苯基]-s-三阱)、界面活性劑1,在溫度25°C (±2°C )依此 順序添加,在溫度40°C (±2°C )以1 50rpm攪拌30分鐘而得 〇 &lt;尺顏料分散組成物1&gt; •碳黑 (商品名:Nipex 35,Degussa日本(股)公司製) _ 1 3 .1質量份Polymerization Initiator A The surfactant 1 is vertically erected on a substrate and a photomask (a quartz exposure mask having an image pattern) by a proximity type exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Co., Ltd.) having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. In the state, the distance between the exposure mask surface and the photosensitive resin layer was set to 2 μm, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 300 mJ/cm 2 . Then, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer K1 is uniformly wetted by a spray nozzle, and then the KOH-based developing solution (containing KOH, nonionic surfactant, trade name··c D) κ - !, manufactured by Fuji Electronic Materials Co., Ltd., after 1〇〇 dilution of the liquid), was spray-developed for 80 seconds at a flat nozzle pressure of MPa.〇4MPa flat-78 - 201038678 to obtain a patterned image. . Next, the nozzle was washed with an ultrahigh pressure, and ultrapure water was sprayed at a pressure of 9.8 MPa to remove the residue, thereby obtaining an image K of black (K). Continue 'heat treatment at 220 ° C for 30 minutes. The coloring photosensitive resin composition K1 was obtained by first measuring the K pigment dispersion composition 1, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, mixing at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C), and stirring at 150 rpm for 10 minutes, followed by stirring for 10 minutes at 150 rpm. Measure methyl ethyl ketone, binder 2, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, DPHA solution, polymerization initiator ^ A (2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)·6-[4'-(Ν,Ν -Diethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino-3'-bromophenyl]-s-tripper), surfactant 1, added at this temperature in the order of 25 ° C (± 2 ° C), at a temperature of 40 ° C (±2 ° C) was stirred at 150 rpm for 30 minutes to obtain a 〇 尺 颜料 pigment dispersion composition 1 &gt; • carbon black (trade name: Nipex 35, manufactured by Degussa Japan Co., Ltd.) _ 1 3.1 parts by mass

G ♦分散劑(下述化合物υ 〇·65質量份 •聚合物 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸= 72/28莫耳比的無規 共聚合物,分子量3.7萬) 6·72質量份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 79.53質量份 -79 - 201038678G ♦ Dispersant (The following compound υ 〇 · 65 parts by mass • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid = 72/28 molar ratio of random copolymer, molecular weight 37,000) 6.72 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 79.53 parts by mass -79 - 201038678

&lt;黏結劑2 &gt; •聚合物 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸=78/22 共聚合物,分子量3.8萬) •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 &lt; DPHA 液 &gt; 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (含有5 00ppm的聚合抑制劑MEHQ, 司製,商品名:KAYARAD DPHA) •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 莫耳比的無規 2 7質量份 7 3質量份 曰本化藥(股)公 76質量份 24質量份 &lt;界面活性劑1 &gt; Megafac F-780-F (大日本油墨化學工業(股)公司製): • C6F13CH2CH2OCOCH= CH2 40 質量 H(OCH(CH3)CH2)7OCOCH= CH2 5 5 H(OCH2CH2)7OCOCH = CH2 5 質量份 共聚物(分子量3萬) •甲基乙基酮 [紅(R)畫素的形成] 成爲下述 t量份 J 30質量份 7 0質量份 -80 - 201038678 於形成有前述圖像κ的基板上,使用由下述表1-2記 載的組成所成的著色感光性樹脂組成物R1,藉由與前述黑 (Κ)圖像的形成同樣之步驟,形成熱處理過的畫素R。以下 顯示該感光性樹脂層R1的膜厚及顏料的塗佈量。再者, 著色感光性樹脂組成物的調製程序係與上述著色感光性樹 脂組成物Κ1同樣。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μιη) 1.60 顏料塗佈量(g/m2) 1.00 C.I.P.R.254 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.90 C.I.P.R.177 塗佈量(g/m2) :表1-2] 著色感光性樹脂組成物R1 0.10 分散組成物c 1 1 40質量份 R顏料分散組成物2(CIPR177) 4.5質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 7.6質量份 甲基乙基酮 3 7質量份 黏結劑-1 0.7質量份 DPHA 液 3.8質量份 聚合引發劑B 0.12質量份 聚合引發劑A 0.05質量份 啡噻哄 0.0 1質量份 界面活性劑1 一 一 一 一 一 —一 一 —一 —一 _ _ _ 一 一 · 0.06質量份 &lt;尺顏料分散組成物2&gt; Ο Ο -81 - 201038678 • C.I.P.R. 1 77 (商品名:Cromophtal Red A2B,汽巴特殊化學品(股) 公司製) 1 8質量份 •聚合物 (甲基丙稀酸节醋/甲基丙稀酸= 72/28莫耳比的無規共 聚合物,分子量3萬) 1 2質量份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 70質量份 &lt;黏結劑1 &gt; •聚合物 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸= 78/22莫耳比的無規共 聚合物,分子量4萬) 27質量份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 73質量份 &lt;聚合引發劑B&gt; 2-三氯甲基-(對苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)1,3,4-噚二唑 [綠(G)畫素的形成] 於形成有前述圖像K與畫素R 的基板上,使用由下述 表記載的組成所成的著色感光性樹脂組成物G1,藉由 與前述黑(K)圖像的形成同樣之步驟 ,形成熱處理過的畫素 G。以下顯示該感光性樹脂層G1的膜厚及顏料的塗佈量。 再者,著色感光性樹脂組成物的調製程序係與上述著色感 光性樹脂組成物K1同樣。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μπ〇 1.60 顏料塗佈量(g/m2) 1.92 C.I.P.G.36 塗佈量(g/m2) 1.34 -82 - 201038678 C,I.P,Y,150 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.58 [表1-3] 著色感光性樹脂組成物G1 2 8質量份 1 5質量份 29質量份 26質量份 1.3質量份 2.5質量份 3.5質量份 0.12質量份 〇·〇5質量份 〇.〇1質量份 〇.〇7質量份 G顏料分散組成物1(CIPG36) Y顏料分散組成物1(CIPY150) 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 甲基乙基酮 環己酮 〇 黏結劑2 DPHA 液 聚合引發劑B 聚合引發劑A 啡噻阱 界面活性劑1 &lt;〇顏料分散組成物ι&gt; 富士電子材料(股)公司製「商品名:GT-2」 &lt;丫顏料分散組成物1&gt; 御國色素(股)公司製「商品名:CF黃EX3393」 [藍(B)畫素的形成] 於形成有前述圖像K、畫素R及畫素G的基板上,使 用由下述表1-4記載的組成所成的著色感光性樹脂組成物 B1 ’藉由與前述黑(κ)圖像的形成同樣之步驟’形成熱處 理過的畫素Β,得到彩色濾光片C21。以下顯示該感光性 -83 - 201038678 樹脂層B1的膜厚及顏料的塗佈量。再者,著色感光性樹 脂組成物的調製程序係與上述著色感光性樹脂組成物K1 同樣。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μπ〇 1.60 顏料塗佈量(g/tn2) 0.75 C.I.P.B.15:6 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.705 C.I.P.V.23 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.045 [表1-4] 著色感光性樹脂組成物B1 B顏料分散組成物1(CIPB15:6) 8.6質量份 B顏料分散組成物2(CIPB15:6+CIPV23) 15質量份 2 8質量份 26質量份 1 7質量份 4.0質量份 〇 . 1 7質量份 〇 . 〇 2質量份 〇 . 〇 6質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 甲基乙基酮 黏結劑3 DPHA 液 聚合引發劑B 啡噻阱 界面活性劑1 &lt; B顏料分散組成物1 &gt; 御國色素(股)公司製「商品名:CF藍EX3357」 &lt;B顏料分散組成物2&gt; 御國色素(股)公司製「商品名:CF藍EX3 3 83」 &lt;黏結劑3 &gt; -84 - 201038678 •聚合物 (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯= 36/22/42莫耳比的無規共聚合物,分子量3.8萬) 27質量份 •丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 73質量份 除了將分散組成物ell變更爲分散組成物1〇1〜109以 外,同樣地製作彩色濾光片201〜209。 [彩色濾光片的對比之測定] 〇 使用在當作背光單元的3波長冷陰極管光源 (FWL18EX-N,商品名,東芝照明(股)公司製)上設置有擴 散板者,將所製作的彩色濾光片置於2片偏光板(HLC2-2518,商品名,(股)SANRITZ公司製)之間,測定偏光軸平 行時與垂直時的透過光量,以其比當作對比(參照植木、小 関、福永、山中著,「512色表示10·4”大小TFT-LCD用 彩色濾光片」,第7次色彩光學會議(1990年)等。)。 下表2中顯示各彩色濾光片的對比之測定結果。 〇 Μ [經時的分散安定性之評價] 測定所製作的著色感光性樹脂組成物R1之製作後立即 的25°C之黏度(初期黏度)。又,測定在40°C的環境下保持 2個月後的著色感光性樹脂組成物的25 °C之黏度(經時黏度) 。表2中顯示初期黏度與經時黏度的比較結果。此時黏度 係使用振動式黏度計VM-100A-L[商品名]來測定。 5 黏度的上升爲低於1 4 黏度的上升爲1以上且低於3 -85 - 201038678 3 黏度的上升爲3以上且低於5 2 黏度的上升爲5以上且低於10 1 黏度的上升爲10以上 [表面粗糙度] 對於如上述所製作的各彩色濾光片,使用原子力顯微 鏡(NanoScope Ilia[商品名],NANOWORLD公司製)來測定 紅畫素表面的表面龜裂之程度。 [表2] 彩色濾光片 對比 分散安定性 表面粗縫度(nm) 比較例II-1 c21 8000 1 21 實施例Π-1 201 9900 3 8 實施例Π-2 202 11000 3 9 實施例II-3 203 12000 4 5 實施例II-4 204 15000 3 6 實施例Π-5 205 14000 5 7 實施例II-6 206 14000 4 6 實施例Π-7 207 12000 4 5 實施例Π-8 208 13000 5 7 實施例II-9 209 16000 5 6 由表2可明知,使用本發明的顏料分散組成物所調製 的著色感光性樹脂組成物,係在保存後沒有見到黏度的上 升,分散安定性優異。又,可知使用此著色感光性樹脂組 成物所形成的彩色濾光片係對比優異’可形成表面粗糙度 -86- 201038678 小的著色皮膜。 (實施例III ·比較例III) &lt;彩色濾光片C31的製作(感光性樹脂轉印材料的積層板之 製作)&gt; [感光性樹脂轉印材料的製作] 於厚度75μιη的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜臨時支持體之 上,使用縫狀噴嘴,塗佈下述處方Η1所組成的熱塑性樹 脂層用塗佈液,使乾燥。接著,塗佈下述處方Ρ1所組成 〇 的中間層用塗佈液,使乾燥。再者,塗佈前述著色感光性 樹脂組成物Κ1,使乾燥,於該臨時支持體之上,設置乾燥 膜厚14.6μιη的熱塑性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚1_6μιη的中間層 及乾燥膜厚2.2 μιη的感光性樹脂層,壓接保護膜(厚度 12μηι的聚丙烯薄膜)。 如此以製作由臨時支持體、熱塑性樹脂層、中間層(隔 氧膜)和黑(Κ)的感光性樹脂層所一體化的感光性樹脂轉印 材料Κ1。 〇 &lt;熱塑性樹脂層用塗佈液:處方Hl&gt; .甲醇 1 1 . 1質量份 .丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 6.36質量份 .甲基乙基酮 52.4質量份 •甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/ 甲基丙烯酸共聚物 (共聚合組成比(莫耳比)= 5 5/ 1 1.7/4.5/2 8.8,分子量:9 萬,T g :約7 0 °C ) 5.8 3質量份 -87 - 201038678 •苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物 (共聚合組成比(吴耳比)=63/37,分子量:1萬,Tg:約 10 0。。) 1 3.6質量份 •雙酚A與2當量五乙二 的化合物 :醇單甲基丙烯酸酯脫水縮合成 (新中村化學工業(股)製 ,2,2-雙[4-(甲烯丙醯氧基聚乙 氧基)苯基]丙烷) 9.1賢量份 •界面活性劑1 〇 . 5 4質量份 &lt;中間層用塗佈液:處方Pl&gt; • PVA205 (聚乙烯醇,(股)可樂麗製,皂化度=88%,聚合度5 50) •聚乙烯吡咯啶酮 3 2.2質量份 (ISP日本(股)製,K-30) 1 4.9質量份 •蒸餾水 524質量份 •甲醇 429質 其次,將前述感光性樹脂轉印材料K1之製作時所用的 前述著色感光性樹脂組成物K1變更爲下述表2-1〜2-3記 載之組成所成的下述著色感光性樹脂組成物R2、G2及B2 ’其以外係藉由與上述同樣的方法,製作感光性樹脂轉印 材料R2、G2及B2。尙且,著色感光性樹脂組成物R2、 G2及B2的調製方法係各自依照前述著色感光性樹脂組成 物Rl、G1及B1的調製方法。 [表 2-1 ] R2 -88- 201038678&lt;Binder 2 &gt; • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid = 78/22 copolymer, molecular weight 38,000) • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate &lt; DPHA liquid &gt; Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid Ester (containing 500 ppm polymerization inhibitor MEHQ, system, trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate molar ratio of random 2 7 parts by mass 7 3 parts by mass of 曰本化药(股) 76 parts by mass of 24 parts by mass &lt;activator 1 &gt; Megafac F-780-F (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemicals Co., Ltd.): • C6F13CH2CH2OCOCH=CH2 40 Mass H(OCH(CH3)CH2)7OCOCH=CH2 5 5 H(OCH2CH2)7OCOCH = CH2 5 parts by mass of copolymer (molecular weight: 30,000) • methyl ethyl ketone [formation of red (R) pixel] becomes the following t part parts J 30 parts by mass 70 parts by mass - 80 - 201038678 The colored photosensitive resin composition R1 formed by the composition described in the following Table 1-2 is used on the substrate on which the image κ is formed, and is formed in the same manner as the black image. In the step, a heat-treated pixel R is formed. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer R1 and the amount of the pigment applied are shown below. Further, the preparation procedure of the colored photosensitive resin composition is the same as that of the colored photosensitive resin composition Κ1 described above. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μιη) 1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 1.00 CIPR254 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.90 CIPR177 Coating amount (g/m2) : Table 1-2] Colored photosensitive resin Composition R1 0.10 Dispersed composition c 1 1 40 parts by mass R Pigment dispersion composition 2 (CIPR177) 4.5 parts by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 7.6 parts by mass methyl ethyl ketone 3 7 parts by mass of binder-1 0.7 mass Part of DPHA liquid 3.8 parts by mass of polymerization initiator B 0.12 parts by mass of polymerization initiator A 0.05 parts by mass of morphine oxime 0.01 1 part by mass of surfactant 1 1111 - 11 - 1 - _ _ _ 1 · 0.06 Parts by mass &lt;foot pigment dispersion composition 2&gt; Ο Ο -81 - 201038678 • CIPR 1 77 (trade name: Cromophtal Red A2B, Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 1 8 parts by mass • Polymer (methyl Propionic acid vinegar / methyl acrylate = 72/28 molar ratio of random copolymer, molecular weight 30,000) 12 parts by mass • propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 70 parts by mass &lt; binder 1 &gt • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid = 78/22 moles) Random copolymer, molecular weight 40,000) 27 parts by mass • propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 73 parts by mass &lt;polymerization initiator B&gt; 2-trichloromethyl-(p-styrylstyryl) 1, 3,4-oxadiazole [Formation of green (G) pixel] On the substrate on which the image K and the pixel R are formed, the colored photosensitive resin composition G1 formed by the composition described in the following table is used. The heat-treated pixel G is formed by the same steps as the formation of the aforementioned black (K) image. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer G1 and the coating amount of the pigment are shown below. In addition, the preparation procedure of the colored photosensitive resin composition is the same as that of the above colored photosensitive resin composition K1. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μπ〇1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 1.92 CIPG36 Coating amount (g/m2) 1.34 -82 - 201038678 C, IP, Y, 150 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.58 [Table 1-3] Coloring photosensitive resin composition G1 2 8 parts by mass 15 parts by mass 29 parts by mass 26 parts by mass 1.3 parts by mass 2.5 parts by mass 3.5 parts by mass 0.12 parts by mass 〇·〇 5 parts by mass 〇.〇1 mass 〇 〇 〇 7 parts by mass of G pigment dispersion composition 1 (CIPG36) Y pigment dispersion composition 1 (CIPY150) propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate methyl ethyl ketone cyclohexanone oxime binder 2 DPHA liquid polymerization initiator B Polymerization initiator A morphine trap surfactant 1 &lt;〇 pigment dispersion composition ι&gt; Fuji Electronic Materials Co., Ltd. "trade name: GT-2" &lt;丫 pigment dispersion composition 1&gt; ) "Product name: CF Yellow EX3393" [Formation of Blue (B) pixel] On the substrate on which the image K, the pixel R, and the pixel G are formed, the following Table 1-4 is used. The composition of the colored photosensitive resin composition B1 'is formed into a heat-treated picture by the same steps as the formation of the aforementioned black (κ) image.彩色, the color filter C21 is obtained. The film thickness of the resin layer B1 and the amount of the pigment applied are shown below. Further, the preparation procedure of the coloring photosensitive resin composition and the coloring photosensitive resin described above are shown. Composition K1 is the same. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μπ〇1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/tn2) 0.75 CIPB15:6 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.705 CIPV23 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.045 [Table 1-4] Colored photosensitive resin composition B1 B Pigment dispersion composition 1 (CIPB15: 6) 8.6 parts by mass of B pigment dispersion composition 2 (CIPB15: 6 + CIPV23) 15 parts by mass 2 8 parts by mass 26 parts by mass 1 7 Parts by mass 4.0 parts by mass 1. 1 7 parts by mass 〇. 〇 2 parts by mass 〇. 〇 6 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate methyl ethyl ketone binder 3 DPHA liquid polymerization initiator B morphine trap surfactant 1 &lt;B Pigment Dispersion Composition 1 &gt; "Korea Pigment Co., Ltd." "Product Name: CF Blue EX3357" &lt;B Pigment Dispersion Composition 2&gt; Ukrainian Pigment Co., Ltd. "Product Name: CF Blue EX3 3 83" &lt;Adhesive 3 &gt; -84 - 201038678 •Polymer (benzyl methacrylate / A) Acrylic acid/methyl methacrylate = 36/22/42 molar ratio random copolymer, molecular weight 38,000) 27 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 73 parts by mass except the dispersion composition ell was changed to dispersed Color filters 201 to 209 were produced in the same manner except for the compositions 1〇1 to 109. [Measurement of Contrast of Color Filters] 扩散 A diffuser plate is provided on a three-wavelength cold cathode tube light source (FWL18EX-N, trade name, manufactured by Toshiba Lighting Co., Ltd.), which is used as a backlight unit. The color filter is placed between two polarizing plates (HLC2-2518, trade name, manufactured by SANRITZ Co., Ltd.), and the amount of transmitted light when the polarizing axis is parallel and perpendicular is measured, and the ratio is used as a comparison (refer to the vegetation). , Xiao Guan, Fu Yong, Shan Zhong, "512 colors represent 10·4" color filters for TFT-LCD", 7th Color Optics Conference (1990), etc.). The results of the comparison of the respective color filters are shown in Table 2 below. 〇 Μ [Evaluation of dispersion stability over time] The viscosity (initial viscosity) at 25 ° C immediately after the production of the colored photosensitive resin composition R1 produced was measured. Further, the viscosity (time-dependent viscosity) at 25 ° C of the colored photosensitive resin composition after being kept for 2 months in an environment of 40 ° C was measured. Table 2 shows the results of comparison of initial viscosity and time-dependent viscosity. At this time, the viscosity was measured using a vibrating viscometer VM-100A-L [trade name]. 5 The increase in viscosity is less than 1 4 The increase in viscosity is 1 or more and lower than 3 -85 - 201038678 3 The increase in viscosity is 3 or more and less than 5 2 The increase in viscosity is 5 or more and less than 10 1 The increase in viscosity is 10 or more [surface roughness] For each of the color filters prepared as described above, the degree of surface cracking on the surface of the red pixel was measured using an atomic force microscope (NanoScope Ilia [product name], manufactured by NANOWORLD Co., Ltd.). [Table 2] Color filter comparative dispersion stability surface roughness (nm) Comparative Example II-1 c21 8000 1 21 Example Π-1 201 9900 3 8 Example Π-2 202 11000 3 9 Example II- 3 203 12000 4 5 Example II-4 204 15000 3 6 Example Π-5 205 14000 5 7 Example II-6 206 14000 4 6 Example Π-7 207 12000 4 5 Example Π-8 208 13000 5 7 Example II-9 209 16000 5 6 As is apparent from Table 2, the colored photosensitive resin composition prepared by using the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention showed no increase in viscosity after storage, and was excellent in dispersion stability. Further, it is understood that the color filter formed using the colored photosensitive resin composition is excellent in contrast, and a colored film having a surface roughness of -86 to 201038678 can be formed. (Example III: Comparative Example III) &lt;Production of Color Filter C31 (Production of Laminated Plate of Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material)&gt; [Production of Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material] Poly(p-phenylene) having a thickness of 75 μm On the ethylene diester film temporary support, a coating liquid for a thermoplastic resin layer composed of the following formulation 1 was applied using a slit nozzle to dry. Next, the coating liquid for an intermediate layer composed of the following composition Ρ1 was applied and dried. Further, the colored photosensitive resin composition Κ1 was applied and dried, and a thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of 14.6 μm, an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness of 1_6 μm, and a dry film thickness of 2.2 μm were provided on the temporary support. The photosensitive resin layer was pressure-bonded with a protective film (polypropylene film having a thickness of 12 μm). In this manner, a photosensitive resin transfer material Κ1 in which a photosensitive resin layer of a temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer (oxygen barrier film), and black is formed is integrated. 〇 &lt;Coating liquid for thermoplastic resin layer:Prescription Hl&gt;.Methanol 11.1 parts by mass. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 6.36 parts by mass. Methyl ethyl ketone 52.4 parts by mass • Methyl methacrylate/acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) = 5 5 / 1 1.7 / 4.5 / 2 8.8, molecular weight: 90,000, T g : about 7 0 °C) 5.8 3 parts by mass -87 - 201038678 • Styrene/acrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (Wuer ratio) = 63/37, molecular weight: 10,000, Tg: about 10 0.) 1 3.6 mass Bisphenol A and 2 equivalents of pentaethylene compound: alcohol monomethacrylate dehydration synthesis (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 2,2-bis[4-(methylallyloxypoly polyethylene) Oxy)phenyl]propane) 9.1 parts by weight • surfactant 1 〇. 5 4 parts by mass &lt;coating solution for intermediate layer: prescription Pl&gt; • PVA205 (polyvinyl alcohol, (share), cola, saponification Degree = 88%, degree of polymerization 5 50) • Polyvinylpyrrolidone 3 2.2 parts by mass (ISP Japan, K-30) 1 4.9 parts by mass • 524 parts by weight of distilled water • Methanol 429 The coloring photosensitive resin composition K1 used for the production of the photosensitive resin transfer material K1 is changed to the composition of the following colored photosensitive resin which is formed by the compositions described in the following Tables 2-1 to 2-3. The photosensitive resin transfer materials R2, G2, and B2 were produced by the same method as described above except for the materials R2, G2, and B2'. Further, the preparation methods of the colored photosensitive resin compositions R2, G2 and B2 are each in accordance with the preparation method of the colored photosensitive resin compositions R1, G1 and B1. [Table 2-1] R2 -88- 201038678

分散組成物 cl 1 4〇質量份 R顏料分散組成物2(CIPR177) 4.5質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 7.1質量份 甲基乙基酮 5 7質量份 黏結劑1 〇. 8質量份 DPHA 液 4.4質量份 聚合引發劑 B 〇 . 1 4質量份 聚合引發劑 A 〇 . 〇 6質量份 啡噻阱 〇 . 〇 1質量份 添加劑1 〇 . 5 2質量份 界面活性劑 1 0.0 6質量份 [表 2-2] G2Dispersion composition cl 1 4 〇 parts by mass R Pigment dispersion composition 2 (CIPR177) 4.5 parts by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 7.1 parts by mass methyl ethyl ketone 5 7 parts by mass of binder 1 〇. 8 parts by mass DPHA solution 4.4 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator B 〇. 1 4 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator A 〇. 〇 6 parts by mass of the thiophene 〇. 〇 1 part by mass of the additive 1 〇. 5 2 parts by mass of the surfactant 1 0.0 6 parts by mass [Table 2-2] G2

G顏料分散組成物 1 (CIPG36) 2 8質量份 Y顏料分散組成物 1 (CIPY1 50) 1 3質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 3 9質量份 甲基乙基酮 1 6質量份 環己酮 1 .3質量份 黏結劑2 3.0質量份 DPHA 液 4.3質量份 聚合引發劑B 〇 . 1 5質量份 聚合引發劑A -89 - 〇 . 〇 6質量份 201038678 啡噻阱 0.01質量份 界面活性劑1 0 · 0 7質量份 [表 2-3] B2 Β顏料分散組成物 1(CIPB15:6) 8.6質量份 Β顏料分散組成物 2(CIPB1 5:6 + CIPV23) 1 5質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 2 8質量份 甲基乙基酮 26質量份 黏結劑3 1 8.5質量份 DPHA 液 4.3質量份 聚合引發劑Β 0.17質量份 啡噻哄 〇 . 〇 2質量份 界面活性劑1 0.06質量份 尙且,於表2 -1記載的組成物之內,添加劑1係使用 磷酸酯系特殊活性劑(楠本化成(股)公司製,商品名: HIPLAAD EDI 52)。 [黑(K)圖像的形成] 一邊藉由噴淋器來噴射經調整至25 °C的玻璃洗淨劑液 20秒,一邊以具有耐隆毛的旋轉刷來洗淨無鹼玻璃基板, 純水噴淋洗淨後,藉由噴淋器來噴射矽烷偶合液(Ν-β(胺乙 基)γ-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷〇.3質量%水溶液,商品名: ΚΒΜ603,信越化學工業(股)公司製)20秒,進行純水噴淋 -90 - 201038678 洗淨。將此基板在基板預備加熱裝置中於100°c加熱2分 鐘,接著送到層合機。 剝離前述感光性樹脂轉印材料K1的保護薄膜後,使用 層合機((股)日立儀器公司製(LamicII型)),於橡膠輥溫度 130°(:、線壓10(^/(:1112、輸送速度2.2111/分鐘下,層合在前 述經加熱到l〇〇°C的基板上。 剝離臨時支持體與熱塑性樹脂層的界面後,藉由具有 超高壓水銀燈的近接型曝光機(日立高科技電子工程(股)製) 〇 ,在基板與光罩(具有影像圖案的石英曝光光罩)爲垂直豎 立的狀態下,將曝光光罩面與該感光性樹脂層之間的距離 設定爲200μιη,以70mJ/cm2的曝光量進行圖案曝光。 接著,將三乙醇胺系顯像液(含有2.5%的三乙醇胺,商 品名:T-PD2,富士照相軟片公司製,經純水稀釋12倍的 液(以1份的T-PD2與11份的純水之比例所混合)),在30 °(:於0.04MPa的扁平噴嘴壓力下噴淋顯像50秒,以去除 熱塑性樹脂層和中間層。 〇 繼續,使用碳酸鈉系顯像液(含有0.38莫耳/升的碳酸 氫鈉、0.47莫耳/升的碳酸鈉、5%的二丁基萘磺酸鈉、陰 離子界面活性劑、消泡劑、安定劑;商品名:T - C D 1,富 士照相軟片公司製,經純水稀釋5倍的液),在291、 0-15MPa的錐型噴嘴壓力下噴淋顯像30秒,以將感光性樹 脂層顯像,而得到圖案化圖像。 接著,使用洗淨劑(商品名「T-SD1(富士照相軟片公司 製)」經純水稀釋10倍的液,在33。(:、〇.〇2MPa的錐型噴 -91 - 201038678 嘴壓力下噴淋20秒,及以具有耐隆毛的旋轉刷來進行殘 渣去除,而得到黑(K)的圖像。然後更對該基板,由該樹脂 層側用超高壓水銀燈,以500mJ/cm2的光進行後曝光後, 在220°C熱處理15分鐘。 再藉由如前述的刷子來洗淨形成有此圖像K的基板, 進行純水噴淋洗淨後,不使用矽烷偶合液,而送到基板預 備加熱裝置。 [紅(R)畫素的形成] 使用前述感光性樹脂轉印材料R2,藉由與前述感光性 樹脂轉印材料κ 1同樣的步驟,得到熱處理過的紅(R)之畫 素R。但是,曝光量爲4 0mJ/cm2 ’碳酸鈉系顯像液的顯像 爲3 5 °C 3 5秒。以下顯示感光性樹脂層RA2的膜厚及顏料 (C.I.P.R.254 及 C.I.P.R.177)的塗佈量。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μιη) 2.00 顏料塗佈量(g/m2) 1.00 C_I_P.R.254 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.90 C.I.P.R.177 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.10 再藉由如前述的刷子來洗淨形成有此圖像K及畫素R 的基板,進行純水噴淋洗淨後,不使用矽烷偶合液,而送 到基板預備加熱裝置。 [綠(G)畫素的形成] 使用前述感光性樹脂轉印材料G2,藉由與前述感光性 樹脂轉印材料R2同樣的步驟’得到熱處理過的綠(⑴之畫 素G。但是,曝光量爲4 0mJ/cm2,碳酸鈉系顯像液的顯像 -92 - 201038678 爲3 4°C 45秒。以下顯示感光性樹脂層G101的膜厚及顏料 (C.I.P.G.36 及 C.I.P.Y.150)的塗佈量。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μπι) 2.00 顔料塗佈量(g/m2) 1.92 C.I.P.G.36 塗佈量(g/m2) 1.34 C.I.P.Y. 1 50 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.58 再藉由如前述的刷子來洗淨形成有此圖像K、畫素R 及畫素G的基板,進行純水噴淋洗淨後,不使用矽烷偶合 ^ '液’而送到基板預備加熱裝置。 [藍(B)畫素的形成] 使用前述感光性樹脂轉印材料B2,藉由與前述感光性 樹脂轉印材料R2同樣的步驟,得到熱處理過的藍(B)之畫 素B。但是,曝光量爲30mJ/cm2,碳酸鈉系顯像液的顯像 爲36 °C 40秒。以下顯示感光性樹脂層B2的膜厚及顏料 (C.I.P.B.15:6 及 C.I.P.V.23)的塗佈量。 _ 感光性樹脂膜厚(μπ〇 2.00 〇 顏料塗佈量(g/m2) 0.75 C.I.P.B.15:6 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.705 C.I.P.V.23 塗佈量(g/m2) 0.045 將形成有此畫素R、畫素G、畫素B及圖像κ的基板 在2 40°C烘烤50分鐘,而得到彩色濾光片。 除了將分散組成物ell變更爲分散組成物1〇1〜1〇9以 外,同樣地製作彩色濾光片-301〜3 09。 與實施例2 ·比較例2同樣地進行所得之彩色濾光片的 -93 - 201038678 對比與表面粗糙度、著色感光性樹脂組成物R2的經時安 定性之評價。表3中顯示結果。 [表3] 分散組成物No 對比 分散安定性 表面粗糙度(nm) 比較例III-1 c31 6000 1 28 實施例ΠΙ-1 301 9000 3 6 實施例III-2 302 9500 4 8 實施例III-3 303 8500 4 8 實施例III-4 304 9800 4 8 實施例III-5 305 11000 3 9 實施例III-6 306 9800 5 5 實施例ΙΠ-7 307 8900 4 6 實施例III-8 308 10000 5 6 實施例III-9 309 12000 5 5 如由表3可明知,使用本發明的顏料分散組成物所調 製的著色感光性樹脂組成物,係在保存後沒有見到黏度的 上升,分散安定性優異。又,可知使用此著色感光性樹脂 組成物所形成的彩色濾光片係對比優異,可形成表面粗糙 度小的著色皮膜。 (實施例IV ·比較例IV) &lt;彩色濾光片-c41的製作(以噴墨來製作)&gt; 關於上述感光性樹脂轉印材料K1的製作程序,除了將 著色感光性樹脂組成物K1換成下述表3-1記載的著色感 -94 - 201038678 光性樹脂組成物K2以外,同樣地製作感光性樹脂轉印材 料K2。 [表3-1] 著色感光性樹脂組成物K2 K顏料分散組成物1(碳黑) 3 〇質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯 7.3質量份 甲基乙基酮 34質量份 環己酮 8.6質量份 黏結劑2 14質量份 DPHA 液 5.8質量份 聚合引發劑A 0.22質量份 啡噻哄 0.006質量份 前述界面活性劑 0.05 8質量份 具有遮光性的樹脂組成物Κ2,係藉由首先量取Κ顔料 分散組成物1、丙二醇單甲基醚醋酸酯,在溫度24°C (±2°C ) 進行混合,以150rpm攪拌10分鐘,接著量取表3-1記載 之量的甲基乙基酮、環己酮、黏結劑2、啡噻畊、DPHA 液、聚合引發劑A、界面活性劑1,在溫度25t (±2°C )依 此順序添加,在溫度40°C (±2°C )以1 50rpm攪拌30分鐘而 得。 [具有遮光性的隔壁之形成] 一邊藉由噴淋器來噴射經調整至2 5 °C的玻璃洗淨劑液 20秒’一邊以具有耐隆毛的旋轉刷來洗淨無鹼玻璃基板, -95 - 201038678 純水噴淋洗淨後,藉由噴淋器來噴射將矽烷偶合液(Ν_β(胺 乙基)γ-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷0.3質量%水溶液,商品名: ΚΒΜ603,信越化學工業(股)公司製)20秒,進行純水噴淋 洗淨。將此基板在基板預備加熱裝置中於10(TC加熱2分 鐘。 剝離前述感光性樹脂轉印材料K2的保護薄膜後,使用 層合機(株式會公司日立儀器公司製(LamicII型)),於橡膠 輥溫度130°C、線壓 ΙΟΟΝ/cm2、輸送速度2.2m /分鐘下, 層合在前述於100 °C經加熱2分鐘的基板上》 剝離臨時支持體後,藉由具有超高壓水銀燈的近接型 曝光機(日立高科技電子工程(股)製),在基板與光罩(具有 影像圖案的石英曝光光罩)爲垂直豎立的狀態下,將曝光光 罩面與該熱塑性樹脂層之間的距離設定爲200μιη,以 10 OmJ/cm2的曝光量進行圖案曝光。光罩形狀爲格子狀, 於相當於畫素與具有遮光性的隔壁之邊界線的部分中,在 具有遮光性的隔壁側,凸角的曲率半徑爲0.6μιη。 其次,將三乙醇胺系顯像液(含有30 %的三乙醇胺,商 品名:T-PD2,富士照相軟片株式會社製,經純水稀釋12 倍(以1份的T-PD2與1 1份的純水之比例所混合)的液), 在3 0°C於0.0 4MPa的扁平噴嘴壓力下噴淋顯像50秒,以 去除熱塑性樹脂層和中間層(隔氧層)。 繼續,使用碳酸鈉系顯像液(含有0.38莫耳/升的碳酸 氫鈉、0.47莫耳/升的碳酸鈉、5%的二丁基萘磺酸鈉、陰 離子界面活性劑、消泡劑、安定劑;商品名:T - C D 1,富 -96 - 201038678 士照相軟片公司製,經純水稀釋5倍的液),在29 °C、 0.1 5MPa的錐型噴嘴壓力下噴淋顯像30秒,以將具有遮光 性的樹脂層顯像,而得到圖案化離隔壁(具有遮光性的隔壁 圖案)。 接著,使用洗淨劑(商品名「T-SD3(富士照相軟片株式 會社製)」經純水稀釋10倍的液,在33°c、0.02MPa的錐 型噴嘴壓力下噴淋20秒,及以具有耐隆毛的旋轉刷來進 行殘渣去除,而得到具有遮光性的隔壁。然後更對該基板 〇 ,由該樹脂層側用超高壓水銀燈,以500mJ/cm2的光進行 後曝光後,在240 °C熱處理50分鐘。 [電漿撥水化處理] 然後,藉由下述方法來進行電漿撥水化處理。 對形成有具遮光性的隔壁之前述基板,使用陰極耦合 方式平行平板型電漿處理裝置,在以下的條件下進行電漿 撥水化處理。 使用氣體 :CF4 〇 V 氣體流量 :8〇SCCm 壓力 :40Pa RF功率 :50W 處理時間 :30sec [彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨的調製] 用以下的處方來調製彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨。 [表 3-R] -97 - 201038678 組成成分 含量(質量份) 印墨R3 分散組成物C 1 1 63 R顔料分散組成物2(CIPR177) 高分子分散劑 7 (AVECIA 公司製 Soluspass 20000(商品名)) 1.0 下述聚合物1 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 2.0 (曰本化藥(股)公司製,商品名: KAYARAD DPHA) 炔醯基改性二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯 6.0 (日本化藥性,KAYARAD D3 3 0) 4.0 啡噻哄 0.005 1,3-丁二醇醋酸酯 25 [表 3-G] 組成成分 含量(質量份) 印墨G3 G顏料分散組成物1(P.G.36) 35 Y顏料分散組成物1(P.Y.150) 32 高分子分散劑(AVECIA公司製Soluspass 20000) 1.0 -98- 201038678 下述聚合物1 2.0 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (日本化藥(股)公司製、商品名:KAYARAD DPHA) 6.0 炔醯基改性二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯 (日本化藥性,KAYARAD D330) 4.0 啡噻哄 (K005 1,3-丁二醇醋酸酯 25 Ο ------------------------ [表 3-B] 印墨B3 組成成分 含量(質量份) B顏料分散組成物1 (Ρ·Β.15:6+Ρ.ν.23) 8 Β顔料分散組成物2 (Ρ.Β.15:6) 71 高分子分散劑 (AVECIA 公司製 Soluspass 20000(商品名)) 1.0 下述聚合物1 2.0 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (曰本化藥(股)公司製、商品名:KAYARAD DPHA) 6.0 快醯基改性二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯 (曰本化藥性,KAYARAD D330) 4.0 -99 - 201038678 啡噻阱 1,3-丁二醇醋酸酯 聚合物1 甲基丙稀酸节酯/甲基丙烯酸=72/28莫耳比的無規共聚 合物,分子量3.7萬 關於上述表3-R、3-G、3-B的各成分之混合,係首先 將顏料及高分子分散劑投入溶劑的一部分中及混合,使用 三輥及珠磨機來攪拌,而得到顏料分散液。另一方面,將 其它配合成分投入溶劑的剩餘部分中,進行擾拌以溶解分 散’而得到單體溶液。然而’ 一邊少量一點一點地將顏料 分散液或顏料分散組成物加到單體溶液中,一邊在溶解器 中充分攪拌,以調製彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨。 [畫素形成] 首先,使用上述記載的印墨R3、印墨G3、印墨B3, 如下述地製作彩色濾光片。 噴墨頭係使用Dimatix公司製SE-128,吐出控制裝置 係使用Dimatix公司製ApolloII。將噴墨頭搭載在自動2 次元移動台(駿河精機製KS2 1 1 -200)上,以對前述製作的 隔壁之間隙吐出指定印墨量的方式,邊使台移動,邊同步 地由吐出控制裝置的頭吐出。 此處,上述記載的印墨R3、印墨G3、印墨B3之3色 印墨係各自塡充於不同的頭內,各頭係固定在XY台上, 以各個印墨擊中指定位置的方式,藉由吐出控制裝置來獨 -100 - 201038678 立控制3個頭。 噴滴係進行印墨組成物的吐出直到成爲所欲的濃度爲 止,以加熱板在l〇〇°C使熱乾燥2分鐘後,在23 0°C烘箱 中烘烤30分鐘,使隔壁、畫素皆完全硬化,而形成彩色 濾光片。 除了將分散組成物ell變更爲分散組成物101〜109以 外,同樣地製作彩色濾光片401〜409。 所得之彩色濾光片的對比與表面粗糙度、印墨R3的經 0 時安定性之評價係與實施例1 ·比較例1同樣地評價。表 4中顯不結果。 [表4] 彩色濾光片 對比 分散安定性 表面粗糙度(nm) 比較例IV-1 c41 9500 1 28 實施例IV-1 401 13000 4 6 實施例IV-2 402 17000 4 7 實施例IV-3 403 16000 4 6 實施例IV-4 404 16000 3 6 實施例IV-5 405 17000 4 9 實施例IV-6 406 15000 3 9 實施例IV-7 407 14000 3 9 實施例IV-8 408 15000 3 6 實施例IV-9 409 18000 5 5 如由表4可明知,使用本發明的顏料分散組成物所調 製的印墨,係在保存後沒有見到黏度的上升,分散安定性 -101 - 201038678 優異。又,可知使用此著色感光性樹脂組成物所形成的彩 色濾光片係對比優異’可形成表面粗糙度小的著色皮膜。 (實施例V ·比較例V) [液晶顯示元件的製作] 依照以下的方法來製作液晶顯示元件。 (1) 於玻璃基板的一面上,形成已圖案化的1cm2之ITO 膜後,在該ITO膜上,使旋轉器,塗佈市售的主動矩陣用 液晶配向劑後,在180°C乾燥1小時,而形成膜厚600A的 塗膜。 (2) 於前述實施例•比較例所製作的各彩色濾光片201 〜203上,形成已圖案化的lcm2之ITO膜後,在該ITO膜 上,與(1)同樣地形成液晶配向劑的塗膜。 (3) 於玻璃基板的一面上形成ITO膜(連續膜)後,在該 ITO膜上,與(1)同樣地形成液晶配向劑的塗膜。 (4) 其次,於(1)〜(3)所得之各基板上的塗膜之表面上, 使用具備有捲繞縲縈製布的輥之摩擦機來進行摩擦處理, 而形成液晶配向膜。該情況下的摩擦條件係輥旋轉數 400rpm、台的移動速度3cm/秒、毛腳的壓入長度0.4mm。 (5) 於如此形成有液晶配向膜的基板之中,組合經過(1) 或(2)之處理的各自基板與經過(3)之處理的基板而成爲2 片一組’每一組係在2片基板的外緣部上,以網版印刷來 塗佈含有直徑5 . 5 μιη的矽凝膠柱狀間隔物之環氧樹脂系黏 著劑後’以各液晶配向膜的摩擦方向爲90度交叉的方式 ’打開間隙,將2片相對配置,以各基板的外緣部彼此對 -102 - 201038678 接的方式來壓合,使黏著劑硬化。 (6)接著,每一組係在由2片基板的內表面與黏著劑的 硬化層所區劃的晶隙內,注入塡充由氟聯苯的衍生物所成 的向列型液晶「ZLI- 5 08 1」(商品名,MERCK日本(股)公司 製)後’將注入孔封閉以製作液晶胞。然後,於液晶胞的外 表面上貼合偏光板,使其偏光方向與各基板上的液晶配向 膜之摩擦方向成一致,以製作液晶顯示元件。 對於所製作的液晶顯示裝置,藉由目視來評價顯示特 性(色不均、黑色緻密性:遮斷來自背光的照射光以黑顯示 時,不漏光而可見到黑的深暗者)。結果,與使用比較例的 彩色濾光片所製作的液晶顯示元件比較下,使用本發明例 的彩色濾光片所製作的液晶顯示元件係皆顯示的良好的顯 示特性。 雖然已說明本發明及其實施態樣,惟我們認爲只要沒 有特別指定,即使在說明的任何細節中,我們的發明也不 受限定,不違反所附的申請專利範圍所示的發明之精神與 範圍,應可廣泛地解釋。 本案係以2009年3月6日在日本提出發明專利申請的 特願2 0 0 9 - 0 5 4 2 8 0爲基礎,主張優先權者,於此處參照其 ,將其內容當作本說明書之記載的一部分納入。 【圖式簡單說明】 ΑτΓ, 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 無0 -103 -G pigment dispersion composition 1 (CIPG36) 2 8 parts by mass Y pigment dispersion composition 1 (CIPY1 50) 1 3 parts by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 3 9 parts by mass methyl ethyl ketone 16 parts by mass cyclohexanone 1.3 parts by mass of the binder 2 3.0 parts by mass of the DPHA liquid 4.3 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator B 〇. 1 5 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator A -89 - 〇. 〇 6 parts by mass 201038678 morphine trap 0.01 part by mass of the surfactant 1 0 · 0 7 parts by mass [Table 2-3] B2 Β Pigment Dispersion Composition 1 (CIPB15: 6) 8.6 parts by mass Β Pigment Dispersion Composition 2 (CIPB1 5:6 + CIPV23) 1 5 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate 28 parts by mass methyl ethyl ketone 26 parts by mass of binder 3 1 8.5 parts by mass DPHA liquid 4.3 parts by mass of polymerization initiator Β 0.17 parts by mass of phenothiazine. 〇 2 parts by mass of surfactant 1 0.06 parts by mass 尙Further, in the composition described in Table 2-1, the additive 1 was a phosphate ester-based special active agent (manufactured by Kanamoto Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name: HIPLAAD EDI 52). [Formation of black (K) image] While the glass cleaner liquid adjusted to 25 ° C was sprayed by a shower for 20 seconds, the alkali-free glass substrate was washed with a rotating brush having a bristance resistance. After washing with pure water spray, a decane coupling solution (Ν-β(aminoethyl)γ-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane 〇.3 mass% aqueous solution was sprayed by a shower, trade name: ΚΒΜ603, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industrial (share) company) 20 seconds, pure water spray -90 - 201038678 Wash. The substrate was heated in a substrate preliminary heating apparatus at 100 ° C for 2 minutes, and then sent to a laminator. After peeling off the protective film of the photosensitive resin transfer material K1, a laminator (Lamic II type) was used, and the rubber roll temperature was 130° (:, line pressure 10 (^/(:1112) At a transport speed of 2.2111/min, lamination is performed on the substrate heated to 10 ° C. After the interface between the temporary support and the thermoplastic resin layer is peeled off, the proximity type exposure machine having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp (Hitachi Takako) Technology Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.) 〇Set the distance between the exposure mask surface and the photosensitive resin layer to 200 μm in a state where the substrate and the photomask (the quartz exposure mask having the image pattern) are vertically erected. The pattern exposure was carried out at an exposure amount of 70 mJ/cm 2 . Next, a triethanolamine-based developing solution (containing 2.5% of triethanolamine, trade name: T-PD2, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., diluted 12 times with pure water) (mixed in a ratio of 1 part of T-PD2 to 11 parts of pure water)), sprayed at 30 ° (at a flat nozzle pressure of 0.04 MPa for 50 seconds) to remove the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer. 〇 continue, using sodium carbonate Image liquid (containing 0.38 mol/L sodium bicarbonate, 0.47 mol/L sodium carbonate, 5% sodium dibutylnaphthalenesulfonate, anionic surfactant, antifoaming agent, stabilizer); trade name: T - CD 1, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., diluted 5 times with pure water), and sprayed for 30 seconds under a cone nozzle pressure of 291 and 0-15 MPa to develop a photosensitive resin layer. The image was imaged by a detergent (product name "T-SD1 (manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.)", which was diluted 10 times with pure water, at 33. (:, 〇.〇 2MPa cone spray - 91 - 201038678 Spraying under nozzle pressure for 20 seconds, and removing the residue with a rotating brush with bristles to obtain a black (K) image. Then, for the substrate, the ultra-high pressure mercury lamp is used for the resin layer side. After post-exposure with light of 500 mJ/cm 2 , heat treatment was performed at 220 ° C for 15 minutes. The substrate on which the image K was formed was washed by the brush as described above, and washed with pure water spray, and then not used. The decane coupling liquid is sent to the substrate preparatory heating device. [Formation of red (R) pixels] The aforementioned photosensitive resin is used. The printed material R2 is obtained by the same procedure as the photosensitive resin transfer material κ 1 to obtain a heat-treated red (R) pixel R. However, the exposure amount is 40 mJ/cm 2 'carbonate-based developing liquid The development was carried out at 35 ° C for 3 seconds. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer RA2 and the coating amount of the pigment (CIPR254 and CIPR177) are shown below. The thickness of the photosensitive resin film (μιη) 2.00 The amount of the pigment coating (g) /m2) 1.00 C_I_P.R.254 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.90 CIPR177 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.10 The image K and the pixel R are formed by washing with a brush as described above. After the substrate was washed with a pure water spray, it was sent to a substrate preparation heating device without using a decane coupling solution. [Formation of Green (G) Pixel] The heat-treated green ((1) pixel G is obtained by the same procedure as the photosensitive resin transfer material R2 described above using the photosensitive resin transfer material G2. However, exposure The amount is 40 mJ/cm2, and the development of the sodium carbonate-based developing solution is -42 - 201038678 at 34 ° C for 45 seconds. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer G101 and the coating of the pigments (CIPG36 and CIPY150) are shown below. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μπι) 2.00 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 1.92 CIPG36 Coating amount (g/m2) 1.34 CIPY 1 50 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.58 Further by the above The brush is used to clean the substrate on which the image K, the pixel R, and the pixel G are formed, and after being washed with a pure water spray, it is sent to the substrate preliminary heating device without using the decane coupling liquid. [Blue (B (Formation of the pixel) The heat-treated blue (B) pixel B is obtained by the same procedure as the photosensitive resin transfer material R2 using the photosensitive resin transfer material B2. However, the exposure amount is 30 mJ. /cm2, the development of the sodium carbonate-based developing solution is 36 ° C for 40 seconds. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer B2 is shown below. Coating amount of material (CIPB15:6 and CIPV23) _ Photosensitive resin film thickness (μπ〇2.00 〇Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 0.75 CIPB15:6 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.705 CIPV 23 Coating amount (g/m2) 0.045 The substrate on which the pixel R, the pixel G, the pixel B, and the image κ were formed was baked at 405 ° C for 50 minutes to obtain a color filter. Color filters -301 to 3 09 were produced in the same manner except that the dispersion composition ell was changed to the dispersion composition 1〇1 to 1〇9. The color filter obtained was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 - 93 - 201038678 Comparison of the time stability of the surface roughness and the coloring photosensitive resin composition R2. The results are shown in Table 3. [Table 3] Dispersed Composition No Comparative Dispersion Stability Surface Roughness (nm) Comparative Example III-1 c31 6000 1 28 Example ΠΙ-1 301 9000 3 6 Example III-2 302 9500 4 8 Example III-3 303 8500 4 8 Example III-4 304 9800 4 8 Example III-5 305 11000 3 9 Example III-6 306 9800 5 5 Example ΙΠ-7 307 8900 4 6 Example III-8 308 10000 5 6 Example III-9 309 12000 5 5 As is apparent from Table 3, the colored photosensitive resin composition prepared by using the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention showed no increase in viscosity after storage, and was excellent in dispersion stability. Further, it is understood that the color filter formed using the colored photosensitive resin composition is excellent in contrast, and a colored film having a small surface roughness can be formed. (Example IV: Comparative Example IV) &lt;Production of Color Filter-c41 (Prepared by Ink Jet)&gt; The procedure for producing the photosensitive resin transfer material K1 except for coloring the photosensitive resin composition K1 The photosensitive resin transfer material K2 was produced in the same manner as in the case of the coloring property -94 - 201038678 described in Table 3-1 below. [Table 3-1] Coloring photosensitive resin composition K2 K Pigment dispersion composition 1 (carbon black) 3 〇 parts by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 7.3 parts by mass methyl ethyl ketone 34 parts by mass cyclohexanone 8.6 mass Part of the binder 2 14 parts by mass of the DPHA liquid 5.8 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator A 0.22 parts by mass of the phenothiaquinone 0.006 parts by mass of the above surfactants 0.05 8 parts by mass of the light-blocking resin composition Κ 2 by first measuring the bismuth pigment The dispersion composition 1, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, was mixed at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C), stirred at 150 rpm for 10 minutes, and then the amount of methyl ethyl ketone described in Table 3-1 was measured. Cyclohexanone, binder 2, thiophene, DPHA solution, polymerization initiator A, surfactant 1, added in this order at a temperature of 25t (±2°C) at a temperature of 40 ° C (± 2 ° C) It was obtained by stirring at 150 rpm for 30 minutes. [Formation of a partition having a light-shielding property] The alkali-free glass substrate is washed with a rotating brush having a bristles while spraying a glass detergent liquid adjusted to 25 ° C for 20 seconds by a shower. -95 - 201038678 After washing with pure water spray, spray a decane coupling solution (Ν_β(aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane 0.3% by mass aqueous solution by a shower, trade name: ΚΒΜ603, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 20 seconds, washed with pure water spray. This substrate was heated in a substrate preheating apparatus at 10 (TC for 2 minutes). After the protective film of the photosensitive resin transfer material K2 was peeled off, a laminator (manufactured by Hitachi Instruments Co., Ltd. (Lamic II type)) was used. Rubber roller temperature 130 ° C, line pressure ΙΟΟΝ / cm 2 , conveying speed 2.2 m / min, laminating on the substrate heated at 100 ° C for 2 minutes" After peeling off the temporary support, by having an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp The proximity type exposure machine (made by Hitachi High-Tech Electronic Engineering Co., Ltd.), between the substrate and the photomask (the quartz exposure mask having the image pattern) is vertically erected, between the exposure mask surface and the thermoplastic resin layer The distance was set to 200 μm, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 10 OmJ/cm 2 . The mask shape was a lattice shape, and the partition wall side having a light-shielding property in a portion corresponding to a boundary line between a pixel and a light-shielding partition wall The radius of curvature of the lobes is 0.6 μm. Next, a triethanolamine-based developing solution (containing 30% triethanolamine, trade name: T-PD2, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., diluted with pure water) 12 times (mixed with 1 part of T-PD2 and 11 parts of pure water), sprayed at a flat nozzle pressure of 0.04 MPa at 30 ° C for 50 seconds to remove the thermoplastic resin Layer and intermediate layer (oxygen barrier). Continue, using sodium carbonate imaging solution (containing 0.38 mol/L sodium bicarbonate, 0.47 mol/L sodium carbonate, 5% sodium dibutylnaphthalenesulfonate) , anionic surfactant, antifoaming agent, stabilizer; trade name: T - CD 1, rich -96 - 201038678 made by photographic film company, diluted 5 times with pure water), at 29 ° C, 0.1 5MPa The resin was developed by a cone nozzle pressure for 30 seconds to develop a resin layer having a light-shielding property to obtain a patterned partition wall (a partition pattern having a light-shielding property). Next, a detergent (trade name "T- SD3 (manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) was diluted 10 times with pure water, sprayed at 33 ° C and a cone nozzle pressure of 0.02 MPa for 20 seconds, and subjected to residue removal with a rotating brush having bristles. And obtaining a partition wall having a light-shielding property. Then, the substrate is further smashed, and the ultra-high pressure mercury lamp is used from the side of the resin layer. After post-exposure with light of 500 mJ/cm 2 , heat treatment was carried out at 240 ° C for 50 minutes. [Polishing water repellency treatment] Then, the plasma water repellency treatment was carried out by the following method. The substrate on the partition wall is subjected to plasma water repellency treatment using a cathode-coupled parallel plate type plasma processing apparatus under the following conditions: Gas: CF4 〇V Gas flow rate: 8 〇 SCCm Pressure: 40 Pa RF power: 50 W Processing time: 30 sec [Modulation of inkjet ink for color filter] The inkjet ink for color filter was prepared by the following prescription. [Table 3-R] -97 - 201038678 Component content (parts by mass) Ink R3 Dispersed composition C 1 1 63 R Pigment dispersion composition 2 (CIPR177) Polymer dispersant 7 (Soluspass 20000 manufactured by AVECIA) )) 1.0 The following polymer 1 dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 2.0 (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) Alkynyl modified dipentaerythritol triacrylate 6.0 (Nippon Chemical, KAYARAD D3 3 0) 4.0 phenothiaquinone 0.005 1,3-butanediol acetate 25 [Table 3-G] Component content (parts by mass) Ink G3 G pigment dispersion composition 1 (PG36) 35 Y pigment dispersion composition 1 (PY150) 32 Polymer dispersant (Soluspass 20000 manufactured by AVECIA) 1.0 -98- 201038678 The following polymer 1 2.0 dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) 6.0 alkyne Mercapto-modified dipentaerythritol triacrylate (Nippon Chemical, KAYARAD D330) 4.0 morphine (K005 1,3-butanediol acetate 25 Ο ---------------- -------- [Table 3-B] Ink B3 Component content (parts by mass) B pigment dispersion composition Material 1 (Ρ·Β.15:6+Ρ.ν.23) 8 ΒPigment dispersion composition 2 (Ρ.Β.15:6) 71 Polymer dispersant (Soluspass 20000 (trade name) made by AVECIA) 1.0 The following polymer 1 2.0 dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) 6.0 Fast thiol-modified dipentaerythritol triacrylate (Kuramoto Chemicals, KAYARAD D330) 4.0 - 99 - 201038678 1,3-butanediol acetate polymer 1 methacrylic acid ester / methacrylic acid = 72/28 molar ratio of random copolymer, molecular weight 37,000 on Table 3 above The mixing of the components of -R, 3-G, and 3-B is carried out by first adding a pigment and a polymer dispersant to a part of a solvent and mixing them, and stirring them by using a three-roll mill and a bead mill to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid. On the one hand, the other compounding ingredients are put into the remaining part of the solvent, and the mixture is scrambled to dissolve the dispersion to obtain a monomer solution. However, the pigment dispersion or the pigment dispersion composition is added to the monomer solution little by little. Medium, while stirring well in the dissolver to modulate the color filter for inkjet ink . [Pixel Formation] First, the color filter is produced as follows using the ink R3, the ink G3, and the ink B3 described above. The ink jet head used was SE-128 manufactured by Dimatix Co., Ltd., and the discharge control device was Apollo II manufactured by Dimatix. The inkjet head is mounted on an automatic 2-dimensional mobile station (Junhejing mechanism KS2 1 1 -200), and the discharge amount is discharged to the gap between the partition walls produced as described above, and the table is moved while being synchronously controlled by the discharge. The head of the device spits out. Here, the three inks of the ink R3, the ink G3, and the ink B3 described above are respectively attached to different heads, and each head is fixed on the XY stage, and each ink is hit at a specified position. The way, by spitting out the control device to stand alone -100 - 201038678 to control 3 heads. The spray system performs the discharge of the ink composition until the desired concentration, and the hot plate is dried by heat at 1 ° C for 2 minutes, and then baked in an oven at 30 ° C for 30 minutes to make the next wall and draw. The pigments are completely hardened to form a color filter. Color filters 401 to 409 were produced in the same manner except that the dispersion composition ell was changed to the dispersion compositions 101 to 109. The comparison of the obtained color filters, the surface roughness, and the evaluation of the on-time stability of the ink R3 were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 and Comparative Example 1. Table 4 shows no results. [Table 4] Color filter Comparative dispersion stability Surface roughness (nm) Comparative Example IV-1 c41 9500 1 28 Example IV-1 401 13000 4 6 Example IV-2 402 17000 4 7 Example IV-3 403 16000 4 6 Example IV-4 404 16000 3 6 Example IV-5 405 17000 4 9 Example IV-6 406 15000 3 9 Example IV-7 407 14000 3 9 Example IV-8 408 15000 3 6 Implementation Example IV-9 409 18000 5 5 As is apparent from Table 4, the ink prepared by using the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention showed no increase in viscosity after storage, and was excellent in dispersion stability -101 - 201038678. Further, it is understood that the color filter formed by using the colored photosensitive resin composition is excellent in contrast, and a colored film having a small surface roughness can be formed. (Example V - Comparative Example V) [Production of Liquid Crystal Display Element] A liquid crystal display element was produced in accordance with the following method. (1) After forming a patterned 1 cm 2 ITO film on one surface of a glass substrate, a rotator was applied to the ITO film to apply a commercially available liquid crystal alignment agent for an active matrix, and then dried at 180 ° C. In the hour, a coating film having a film thickness of 600 A was formed. (2) After forming a patterned lcm2 ITO film on each of the color filters 201 to 203 prepared in the above-mentioned embodiment and the comparative example, a liquid crystal alignment agent was formed on the ITO film in the same manner as (1). Coating film. (3) After forming an ITO film (continuous film) on one surface of the glass substrate, a coating film of a liquid crystal alignment agent is formed on the ITO film in the same manner as (1). (4) Next, rubbing treatment is performed on the surface of the coating film on each of the substrates obtained in (1) to (3) using a friction machine equipped with a roll of a crepe cloth to form a liquid crystal alignment film. The friction conditions in this case were a number of rolls of 400 rpm, a moving speed of the table of 3 cm/sec, and a press-in length of the hairs of 0.4 mm. (5) In the substrate in which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed, the respective substrates processed by (1) or (2) are combined with the substrate processed by (3) to form a two-piece group. On the outer edge portion of the two substrates, an epoxy resin-based adhesive containing a ruthenium gel column spacer having a diameter of 5.5 μm was applied by screen printing, and the rubbing direction of each liquid crystal alignment film was 90 degrees. In the manner of the intersection, the gap is opened, and the two sheets are arranged to be opposed to each other, and the outer edge portions of the respective substrates are joined to each other by -102 - 201038678 to harden the adhesive. (6) Next, each group is filled with a nematic liquid crystal "ZLI-" which is filled with a derivative of a fluorobiphenyl in a crystal gap which is defined by the inner surface of the two substrates and the hardened layer of the adhesive. 5 08 1" (trade name, manufactured by MERCK Japan Co., Ltd.) - The injection hole was closed to produce a liquid crystal cell. Then, a polarizing plate is bonded to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell so that the polarizing direction thereof coincides with the rubbing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film on each of the substrates to produce a liquid crystal display element. With respect to the liquid crystal display device to be produced, the display characteristics (color unevenness, black density: when the illumination light from the backlight was blocked to be black, and the black light was not observed when the illumination light from the backlight was blocked) was evaluated. As a result, the liquid crystal display elements produced by using the color filters of the examples of the present invention exhibited good display characteristics as compared with the liquid crystal display elements produced by using the color filters of the comparative examples. Although the present invention and its embodiments have been described, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited in any detail as described, and does not violate the spirit of the invention as set forth in the appended claims. And the scope should be widely explained. This case is based on the special offer of the invention patent application filed in Japan on March 6, 2009, based on the purpose of claim 2, 0 0 9 - 0 5 4 2 8 0. Part of the record is included. [Simple description of the diagram] ΑτΓ, none. [Main component symbol description] No 0 -103 -

Claims (1)

201038678 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種顏料分散組成物,其係含有有機顔料微粒子與高分 子化合物的顏料分散組成物,其特徵爲: 前述有機顏料微粒子係將在良溶劑中溶解有有機顏料 之有機顏料溶液、與和前述良溶劑有相溶性且對於前述 有機顏料而言爲弱溶劑的弱溶劑進行混合而使析出的有 機顏料微粒子,201038678 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A pigment dispersion composition, which is a pigment dispersion composition containing organic pigment microparticles and a polymer compound, characterized in that: the organic pigment microparticles are dissolved in a good solvent with an organic pigment. An organic pigment solution, an organic pigment fine particle which is compatible with the above-mentioned good solvent and which is a weak solvent which is a weak solvent for the organic pigment, and which is precipitated, 前述高分子化合物係由下述A〜D之群所選出的至少 一種, [A:在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物], [B:含有由下述通式(I)及(II)之群所選出的至少一種之 重複單位的高分子化合物,The polymer compound is at least one selected from the group consisting of the following groups A to D, [A: a polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in a side chain], [B: containing the following general formulae (I) and (II) a polymer compound of at least one repeating unit selected by the group, (通式(I)及(11)中,r1〜r6各自獨立地表示氫原子或1價 有機基;X1及X2各自獨立地表示_co_、_C( = 0)0_、 -CONH-、-0C( = 0)-或伸苯基;L1及L·2各自獨立地表示 單鍵或2價有機連結基:八1及A2各自獨立地表示1價 有機基;m及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數;p及q各 自獨立地表示1〜1〇〇的整數)]’ [C:在主鏈共聚合有5〜30質量%的丙讎酸之高分子化 合物]’ [D :具有由下述通式(3丨)及通式(32)所組成族群所選出的 -104 - 201038678 至少一種之重複單位的高分子化合物], 通式(3 1) -Q1-Q2-Z- (此處 ’ Q 1 表市-(C = Ο)-或-S Ο 2 -,Q 2 表示 _ n η _ 或 _ c η R11-’ Ζ表示- (C = 0)-R12-或- S02-R12-; R&quot;表示氫原子、鹵素 原子、氰基或院基;R12表示伸院基、伸環院基或伸芳 基;又’ R11與R12亦可互相經由連結基來連結), 通式(32) -Rf-OH (此處’ Rf表示由至少1個氟原子所取代的伸烷基)。 2 _如申請專利範圍第1項之顔料分散組成物,其中前述高 分子化合物至少含有由前述B之群所選出的重複單位與 由C之群所選出的重複單位。 3 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之顏料分散組成物,其中於 前述D群的高分子化合物中,含有5〜100質量%的由前 通式(3 1)及(3 2)所組成族群所選出的至少一種之重複單 位。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之顏料分散組成物, 其中前述高分子化合物係質量平均分子量 1 000〜 100000 = 5. 如申請專利範圍第1〜4項中任一項之顏料分散組成物, 其中前述高分子化合物具有 50mgKOH/g 以上 200mgKOH/g以下的範圍之酸性基。 6. —種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵爲含有申請專利範 -105 - 201038678 圍第1至5項中任一項之顏料分散組成物的顏料微粒子 成分、黏結劑、單體或寡聚物、及光聚合引發劑或光聚 合引發劑系。 7. —種彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨.,其特徵爲含有申請專利範 圍第1至5項中任一項之顏料分散組成物的顏料微粒子 成分、黏結劑、及單體或寡聚物。 8. —種感光性樹脂轉印材料,其特徵爲在臨時支持體上至 少設有含申請專利範圍第6項之著色感光性樹脂組成物 〇 的感光性樹脂層。 9. 一種彩色濾光片,其特徵爲使用申請專利範圍第6項之 著色感光性樹脂組成物、申請專利範圍第7項之彩色濾 光片用噴墨印墨、及/或申請專利範圍第8項之感光性樹 脂轉印材料所製作。 10. —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲具備申請專利範圍第9項 之彩色濾光片。 11. 一種顏料分散組成物之製造方法,其係含有有機顏料微 」 粒子與高分子化合物的顏料分散組成物之製造方法,其 特徵爲: 前述高分子化合物係由下述A〜D之群所選出的至少 —種, 前述有機顏料微粒子係將在良溶劑中溶解有有機顔料 之有機顏料溶液、與和前述良溶劑有相溶性且對於前述 有機顏料而言爲弱溶劑的弱溶劑進行混合而使析出的有 機顏料微粒子, -106 - 201038678 而且經由 (1) 於將前述有機顏料微粒子當作凝聚體析出後,進行 濃縮糊化 (2) 至少使用前述高分子化合物與前述糊,進行再分散 的步驟; [A:在側鏈具有雜環的高分子化合物], [B:含有由下述通式⑴及(Π)之群所選出的至少一種之 重複單位的高分子化合物, -C-( R2 (I) :〇Ί^·〇-α1(In the general formulae (I) and (11), r1 to r6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; and X1 and X2 each independently represent _co_, _C(=0)0_, -CONH-, -0C (= 0)- or phenyl group; L1 and L·2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group: VIII and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group; m and η each independently represent 2~ An integer of 8; p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 1 ))]' [C: a polymer compound having 5 to 30% by mass of propionate in the main chain copolymerization]' [D: having -104 - 201038678 of at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following general formula (3丨) and formula (32), general formula (3 1) -Q1-Q2-Z- (this 'Q 1 表市-(C = Ο)- or -S Ο 2 -, Q 2 means _ n η _ or _ c η R11-' Ζ means - (C = 0)-R12- or - S02-R12 -; R&quot; means a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a phenyl group; R12 means a stretching base, a stretching ring or an aryl group; and 'R11 and R12 may also be linked to each other via a linking group), 32) -Rf-OH (where 'Rf represents a substitution by at least one fluorine atom Alkyl). The pigment dispersion composition of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned high molecular compound contains at least a repeating unit selected from the group of B and a repeating unit selected from the group of C. 3. The pigment dispersion composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer compound of the group D contains 5 to 100% by mass of the former formula (3 1) and (3 2) At least one repeating unit selected by the ethnic group. 4. The pigment dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polymer compound has a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000 = 5. Any one of claims 1 to 4 of the patent application scope The pigment dispersion composition, wherein the polymer compound has an acidic group in a range of 50 mgKOH/g or more and 200 mgKOH/g or less. 6. A coloring photosensitive resin composition characterized by containing a pigment fine particle component, a binder, a monomer or an oligomer of a pigment dispersion composition according to any one of items 1 to 5 of the application of the patent specification No. 105-201038678 And a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. 7. An inkjet ink for color filters, characterized by a pigment microparticle component, a binder, and a monomer or oligomer comprising the pigment dispersion composition of any one of claims 1 to 5. Things. A photosensitive resin transfer material characterized in that at least a photosensitive resin layer containing the colored photosensitive resin composition of the sixth application of the patent application is provided on the temporary support. A color filter characterized by using the colored photosensitive resin composition of claim 6 of the patent application, the inkjet ink for color filter of claim 7 of the patent application, and/or the patent application scope It is made of 8 photosensitive resin transfer materials. A liquid crystal display device characterized by having a color filter of claim 9th. A method for producing a pigment dispersion composition, which is a method for producing a pigment dispersion composition comprising an organic pigment microparticle and a polymer compound, wherein the polymer compound is composed of the following groups A to D; At least one of the selected organic pigment fine particles is obtained by mixing an organic pigment solution in which an organic pigment is dissolved in a good solvent with a weak solvent which is compatible with the above-mentioned good solvent and which is a weak solvent for the organic pigment. The precipitated organic pigment fine particles, -106 - 201038678, are further characterized in that (1) the organic pigment fine particles are precipitated as aggregates, and then concentrated and gelatinized (2) at least the polymer compound and the paste are used to carry out redispersion. [A: a polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in a side chain], [B: a polymer compound containing at least one repeating unit selected from the group of the following general formulae (1) and (Π), -C-(R2 (I) :〇Ί^·〇-α1 (通式(I)及(ΙΙ)中,Rl〜R6各自獨立地表示氫原子或1 價有機基;χΐ及χ2各自獨立地表*_C〇·、_C( = 〇)〇_ 、-CONH-、-〇c( = 〇)-或伸苯基;L1及L2各自獨立地表 不單鍵或2價有機連結基;A1及A2各自獨立地表示1 價有機基;仿及η各自獨立地表示2〜8的整數;p及q 各自獨立地表示1〜1〇〇的整數)], [C :在主鏈共聚合有5〜3〇質量%的丙烯酸之高分子化 合物], [D :具有由下述通式(3 υ及通式(3 2)所組成族群所選出 的至少一種之重複單位的高分子化合物]’ 通式(3 1) -Q1-Q2-z- (此處,Qi表示_(c = 〇卜或_S〇2- , Q2表示一 NH-或_ -107 - 201038678 CHR11-,Z 表示-(C = 0)-R12-或-S02-R12-; R11 表示氫原 子、鹵素原子、氰基或烷基;R12表示伸烷基、伸環烷 基或伸芳基;又,R11與R12亦可互相經由連結基來連 結), 通式(32) -Rf-OH (此處,Rf表示由至少1個氟原子所取代的伸烷基)。(In the general formulae (I) and (ΙΙ), R1 to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; and χΐ and χ2 each independently represent *_C〇·, _C(= 〇)〇_, -CONH-, - 〇c( = 〇)- or phenyl group; L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group; A1 and A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group; and η and η each independently represent 2 to 8 An integer of p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 1 ))], [C: a polymer compound of acrylic acid having 5 to 3 % by mass in the main chain copolymerization], [D: having the following a polymer compound of a repeating unit of at least one selected from the group consisting of: 3 υ and the formula (3 2)]] (3 1) -Q1-Q2-z- (here, Qi represents _( c = 〇 or _S〇2-, Q2 represents an NH- or _ -107 - 201038678 CHR11-, Z represents -(C = 0)-R12- or -S02-R12-; R11 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom , cyano or alkyl; R 12 represents an alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl group; further, R 11 and R 12 may also be bonded to each other via a linking group), formula (32) - Rf-OH (here, Rf represents an alkylene substituted by at least one fluorine atom ). 108 - 201038678 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 姐。108 - 201038678 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: Sister. 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention:
TW99106379A 2009-03-06 2010-03-05 Pigment dispersing composition TW201038678A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009054280A JP2010209160A (en) 2009-03-06 2009-03-06 Pigment dispersion composition

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201038678A true TW201038678A (en) 2010-11-01

Family

ID=42709764

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99106379A TW201038678A (en) 2009-03-06 2010-03-05 Pigment dispersing composition

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2010209160A (en)
KR (1) KR20110124356A (en)
CN (1) CN102341462A (en)
TW (1) TW201038678A (en)
WO (1) WO2010101210A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5295284B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2013-09-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition and image forming method.
CN102653646B (en) * 2011-06-09 2014-08-06 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Ink used for color filter, and preparation methods of ink and color filter
JP2014080578A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-05-08 Fujifilm Corp Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
US20200024456A1 (en) * 2016-07-28 2020-01-23 Kao Corporation Manufacturing method for fine organic pigment
WO2018123103A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 Dic株式会社 Ink composition, light conversion layer, and color filter
CA3181674A1 (en) * 2020-07-15 2022-01-20 Nobuhiko Narita Bright pigment dispersion and method for forming multilayer coating film

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8283395B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2012-10-09 Fujifilm Corporation Method of producing organic-particles-dispersion liquid
WO2007083431A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-07-26 Fujifilm Corporation Process for producing organic nanoparticle, organic nanoparticle obtained by the same, ink-jet ink for color filter containing the same, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, and color filter, liquid-crystal display, and ccd device each produced with these
JP2007197567A (en) * 2006-01-26 2007-08-09 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing pigment fine particle having anthraquinone structure, pigment fine particle having anthraquinone structure obtained by the same, colored pigment dispersion composition containing the same, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter and liquid crystal display using them
TW200806754A (en) * 2006-06-02 2008-02-01 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them
KR101604645B1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2016-03-18 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Pigment dispersion composition, photocurable composition, color filter, and method for producing the color filter
JP2008081601A (en) * 2006-09-27 2008-04-10 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method for pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transferring material containing pigment nanoparticle, color filter using those, liquid crystal display apparatus, ccd device and manufacturing method for ink jet ink for color filter
JP2008189731A (en) * 2007-02-01 2008-08-21 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing dispersion of organic pigment nanoparticles, dispersion obtained thereby, and inkjet ink, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display using them
JP2008231169A (en) * 2007-03-16 2008-10-02 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method of organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion, dispersion obtained by the same and colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material comprising the same, color filter and liquid crystal display device obtained using these
JP2008276192A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-11-13 Fujifilm Corp Composition for colored pattern formation, colored pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
WO2008133080A1 (en) * 2007-04-17 2008-11-06 Fujifilm Corporation Color filter, liquid crystal display device and hardening composition to be used in the production of the same
JP5361142B2 (en) * 2007-05-28 2013-12-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing organic pigment powder, method for producing organic pigment dispersion composition, method for producing pigment-dispersed photoresist, method for producing color filter for liquid crystal display device, and method for producing liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2010101210A1 (en) 2010-09-10
CN102341462A (en) 2012-02-01
JP2010209160A (en) 2010-09-24
KR20110124356A (en) 2011-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200944560A (en) Organic pigment fine particles and method for producing the same, pigment dispersion composition containing the same, photocurable composition, ink jet ink, and color filter using the same and method for producing the color filter
KR101420670B1 (en) Pigment dispersion composition
JP5361287B2 (en) Organic pigment nanoparticle production method, organic pigment nanoparticle powder, pigment dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition, inkjet ink, and photosensitive resin transfer material obtained thereby, color filter and liquid crystal display using the same
TW201038678A (en) Pigment dispersing composition
KR20080042001A (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display, and ccd device
TW201127909A (en) Diclorodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, dispersion of color material containing the same and process for producing the same
TWI425255B (en) Color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2010013562A (en) Organic pigment dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition using the same, inkjet ink, photosensitive resin transfer material, and color filter and liquid crystal display device
TWI481673B (en) Microparticles of a water insoluble compound, their dispersion, process for preparing the same, and color filter using the same
TWI448743B (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device using the same, organic pigment dispersions used in them, jet ink for color filter, coloring photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material
JP5361142B2 (en) Method for producing organic pigment powder, method for producing organic pigment dispersion composition, method for producing pigment-dispersed photoresist, method for producing color filter for liquid crystal display device, and method for producing liquid crystal display device
JP2008189731A (en) Method for producing dispersion of organic pigment nanoparticles, dispersion obtained thereby, and inkjet ink, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display using them
JP2008231167A (en) Manufacturing method of organic pigment nanoparticle, organic pigment fine particle powder obtained by the same, pigment dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, and color filter and liquid crystal display obtained using these
JP2008202042A (en) Manufacturing method of organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion, organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion prepared therefrom, and, ink jet printing ink, colored photosensitive resin composition, and also photosensitive resin transferring material containing it, color filter and liquid crystal display unit using them
JP5352072B2 (en) Non-aqueous dispersion of organic pigment nanoparticles, colored photosensitive resin composition obtained therefrom, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TW201141868A (en) Dispersion of pigment fine particle and photocurable composition and a novel compound using the same
TW200928459A (en) Color filter and liquid display device using the same
JP2010180386A (en) Method for producing organic pigment nanoparticle, organic pigment nanoparticle obtained thereby, pigment dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition, inkjet ink for color filter, and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display obtained using them
JP2009227739A (en) Method for manufacturing organic pigment nanoparticle, organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, and color filter and liquid crystal display using the same
JP5739126B2 (en) Pigment fine particle dispersion, photocurable composition using the same, color filter, and method for producing pigment fine particle dispersion
JP2009215381A (en) Organic pigment dispersion
TWI409505B (en) Color filter, and liquid crystal display device and ccd device each using the color filter
JP2009102569A (en) Organic pigment fine particle, method for producing the same, pigment dispersion composition containing the same, photocurable composition, inkjet ink, color filter by using them and method for producing the same
JP2007169575A (en) Organic nanoparticle dispersion composition, pigment nanoparticle dispersion composition, colored photosensitive resin composition, polymer film and photosensitive resin transfer material using the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display using them
TWI475078B (en) Microparticles of a water insoluble compound, their dispersion and process for preparing the same